9386-h@59386-h-7.htm.html#Page_23" class="pginternal">23, 216; RICHARD CLAY AND SONS, LIMITED, LONDON AND BUNGAY. THE BY EDWARD WESTERMARCK WITH PREFACE BY DR. A.R. WALLACE Third Edition. 8vo. 14s. net. Some Opinions of the Press on the First Edition:— Edward B. Tylor in The Academy, October 3, 1891. “A volume which at once takes an important place in the much debated problem of primitive society.... The distinguishing character of Dr. Westermarck’s whole treatise is his vigorous effort to work the biology-side and the culture-side of anthropology into one connected system; and there can be no doubt of the value of the resulting discussions, which will develop further as the inquiry goes on in this direction.” Spectator, February 13, 1892. “Mr. Wallace’s eulogium of the author’s clearness of style and command of English will be echoed by every reader. But the book is much more than a clever literary performance. It is by far the most important contribution to our knowledge of a profoundly interesting chapter in human history that has yet appeared.... Not a page is without its interest.” AthenÆum, August 8, 1891. “We are inclined to concur in Mr. Wallace’s opinion. It must be added that the work is written in excellent English, that it deals with delicate and difficult questions in a tone of faultless taste, that its style is clear and its matter exceedingly well arranged, and that it is readable from beginning to end.” Mind, October, 1891. “The author’s equipment, logical as well as psychological, for his task is of a very exceptional order.” Westminster Review, August, 1891. “A very able volume on the subject of human marriage, which, in our opinion, is calculated to set the world thinking again with a view to correcting preconceived ideas.” Times, July 2, 1891. “Dr. Westermarck brings to the treatment of his subject the accumulated results of very extensive study and the dialectical resources of a powerful and logical mind.... In this judgment (Mr. Wallace’s) we fully concur.... Mr. Westermarck propounds views which are at once novel and ingenious, and supports them with great variety of illustrations and great cogency of reasoning.” Scotsman, July 6, 1891. “Scientific precision has rarely been attained in a style more agreeable and elegant by any indigenous writer. Mr. Westermarck’s book would have been deeply interesting even if it had been less well written.... The results of his erudition form a mountain of wealth.” St. James’s Gazette, July 20, 1891. “Of the value of his (the author’s) researches ... we cannot speak too highly. His book is in every way deserving of the high eulogy pronounced on it by Mr. Wallace.” Manchester Guardian, July, 1891. “Mr. Westermarck has established his position among the first of historical anthropologists, he has thrown light upon many of the unsolved mysteries in the history of the human race, and he has swept out of the way several theories which have hitherto blocked the path to a right solution of the main question at issue.... The book affords a model for future investigators in this field. It is no small compliment to English anthropology that the author has chosen to write his book in English.” Anti-Jacobin, July 18, 1891. “Certainly the most valuable of recent contributions to the literature of a deeply interesting theme.” From a leading article in Liverpool Daily Post, July 24, 1891. “There is every reason to suppose that this deeply interesting book will find a host of readers even among those who are attracted by facts for their own sake rather than for the theories that may be drawn from them.” Guardian, November 11, 1891. “Not only profoundly learned but delightfully readable.” Warrington Guardian, September 16, 1891. “A monumental book.” National Observer, August 1, 1891. “An invaluable contribution to science, ... and we confidently recommend Mr. Westermarck’s History of Human Marriage, not only to all anthropologists, but to all them that love good reading.” Sussex Daily News, October 7, 1891. “One of the most readable works in the whole range of scientific writing.... A comparatively unknown student until the publication of this work, Dr. Westermarck has now taken his position in the very front rank of historical anthropologists. No library of any scientific pretentions can dispense with the History of Human Marriage, and every public library in the country should possess a copy.” The Critic (New York), September, 12, 1891. “A work of the first importance.... The excellence of expression corresponds to the elevation of sentiment apparent throughout.” L. Marillier, in Revue gÉnÉrale des Sciences, September 15, 1892. “Le livre de M. Westermarck est, sans contredit, l’une des meilleurs monographies sociologiques qui aient ÉtÉ faites, et c’est À l’heure actuelle l’ouvrage le plus complet, le plus riche en informations que l’on possÈde sur cette question du mariage et celui oÙ l’on trouve la plus sÛre et la plus pÉnÉtrante critique.” M. Boule, in L’Anthropologie, November-December, 1892. “Je ne connais pas un volume oÙ plus de faits, plus de recherches, plus de science, soient accumulÉs.” RenÉ de KÉrallain, in Revue gÉnÉrale du Droit, de la LÉgislation et de la Jurisprudence, May-June, 1893. “M. Westermarck s’est trouvÉ du coup Écrire un livre qui s’est placÉ au premier rang du genre, qui a surpris ses contradicteurs et qui dÉjÀ fait autoritÉ.... Selon nous, ce livre doit faire Époque.” Prof. Lujo Brentano, in Zeitschrift fÜr Social und Wirthschaftsgeschichte, 1893. “Ein Werk von erstaunlicher Gelehrsamkeit und ungewÖhnlichem Scharfsinn.... Voll und ganz stimme ich Alfred R. Wallace bei.” 1 McLennan, ‘Studies in Ancient History,’ p.1. 2 Post, ‘Die Geschlechtsgenossenschaft der Urzeit,’ p. 17. In his later works, however, Dr. Post has changed his opinion (see, especially, ‘Studien zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Familienrechts,’ p. 58). 3 Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ p. 479. 4 Ibid., p. 480. 5 McLennan, loc. cit. p.5. 6 ‘Journal of the Anthropological Institute of Great Britain and Ireland,’ vol. xviii. pp. 245-269. 7 Lubbock, ‘The Origin of Civilisation,’ p. 487. 8 Muir, ‘Original Sanskrit Texts,’ vol. ii. p. 327. 9 Goguet, ‘The Origin of Laws, Arts, and Sciences,’ vol. iii. pp. 311, 313. 10 Ibid., vol. i.p. 22. 11 Goguet, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 19. 12 v. DÜben, ‘Lappland och Lapparne,’ p. 330. 13 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. ix. p. 16. 14 GÜnther, ‘Introduction to the Study of Fishes,’ p. 163. 15 Wood, ‘Illustrated Natural History,’ vol. iii. p.3. 16 Espinas, ‘Des sociÉtÉs animales,’ p. 416. 17 Milne Edwards, ‘LeÇons sur la physiologie et l’anatomie comparÉe,’ vol. viii. p. 496. 18 Espinas, p. 417. 19 The ostrich forms, however, a curious exception. The male sits on the eggs, and brings up the young birds, the female never troubling herself about either of these duties (Brehm, ‘Bird-Life,’ p. 324). 20 Ibid., p. 285. These statements concerning birds are taken from Brehm’s ‘Thierleben,’ vol. iv., the same author’s ‘Bird-Life,’ and Hermann MÜller’s ‘Am Neste.' 21 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. iii. p. 679. 22 Ibid., vol. iii. pp. 593, 594, 599. 23 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 578. 24 Rengger,‘Naturgeschichte der SÄugethiere von Paraguay,’ p. 354. 25 Brehm, vol. iii. p. 206. 26 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 256. Espinas, p. 447. 27 Brehm, vol. iii. p. 124. 28 Rengger, p. 240. 29 Brehm, vol. ii. p. 270. 30 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 263. 31 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 39. 32 Ibid., vol. i., p. 347. 33 Ibid., vol. i.p. 387. 34 Rengger, pp. 147, et seq. 35 Brehm, vol i.p. 535. 36 Ibid., vol. i.p. 224. 37 Rengger, p. 62. 38 Ibid., pp. 20, 38. 39 Schomburgk, ‘Reisen in Britisch-Guiana,’ vol. iii. p. 767. 40 Brehm, vol. i.p. 228. 41 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. i.p. 97. 42 ‘Proceedings of the Royal Geographical Society,’ vol. xvi. p. 177. 43 Mohnike, ‘Die Affen auf den indischen Inseln,’ in ‘Das Ausland,’ 1872, p. 850. See also Hartmann, ‘Die menschenÄhnlichen Affen,’ p. 230. 44 Wallace, ‘The Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i.p. 93. 45 Savage, ‘Description of Troglodytes Gorilla,’ pp. 9, et seq. 46 Du Chaillu, ‘Explorations and Adventures in Equatorial Africa, p. 349. 47 Reade, ‘Savage Africa,’ p. 214. 48 Ibid., pp. 218, 214. 49 v. Koppenfells, ‘Meine Jagden auf Gorillas,’ in ‘Die Gartenlaube,’ 1877, pp. 418, et seq. 50 Savage, ‘On Troglodytes Niger,’ in ‘Boston Journal of Natural History,’ vol. iv. p. 385. 51 ‘Die Gartenlaube,’ 1877, p. 418. 52 Waitz, ‘Anthropologie der NaturvÖlker,’ vol. iii. p. 109. Carver, ‘Travels through the Interior Parts of North America,’ p. 367. 53 Powers, ‘Tribes of California,’ p. 222. 54 Heriot, ‘Travels through the Canadas,’ p. 338. 55 Azara, ‘Voyages dans l’AmÉrique mÉridionale,’ vol. ii. p. 22. 56 King and Fitzroy, ‘Voyages of the Adventure and Beagle,’ vol. ii. p. 182. 57 v. Tschudi, ‘Reisen durch SÜdamerika,’ vol. ii. p. 283. 58 Lumholtz, ‘Among Cannibals,’ p. 161. 59 Fison and Howitt, ‘Kamilaroi and Kurnai,’ p. 206. 60 Meyer, ‘Manners and Customs of the Encounter Bay Tribe,’ in Wood’s, ‘The Native Tribes of South Australia,’ p. 186. 61 Angas, ‘Polynesia,’ p. 373. 62 Martin, ‘Account of the Natives of the Tonga Islands,’ vol. ii. p. 167. 63 Pritchard, ‘Polynesian Reminiscences,’ p. 134. 64 Johnston, ‘Maoria,’ pp. 28, et seq. 65 Kotzebue, ‘Voyage of Discovery into the South Sea,’ vol. iii. p. 173. 66 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 14. 67 Ibid., vol. i.p. 139. 68 Letourneau, ‘Sociology,’ p. 386. 69 Wilson and Felkin, ‘Uganda and the Egyptian Soudan,’ vol. ii. p. 90. 70 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 209. 71 Emerson Tennent, ‘Ceylon,’ vol. ii. p. 441. 72 Rosset, ‘On the Maldive Islands,’ in ‘Journal of the Anthropological Institute,’ vol. xvi. pp. 168, et seq. 73 Stewart, ‘Notes on Northern Cachar,’ in ‘Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal,’ vol. xxiv. p. 614. 74 Emerson Tennent, vol. ii. pp. 458, et seq. note 1. 75 Schwaner, ‘Borneo,’ vol. i.p. 199. 76 Fytche, ‘Burma,’ vol. ii. p. 73. 77 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 958. 78 Rossbach, ‘Untersuchungen Über die rÖmische Ehe,’ p. 32, &c. 79 Dall, ‘Alaska and its Resources,’ p. 196. 80 Buchanan, ‘Sketches of the History, Manners, and Customs of the North American Indians,’ p. 323. 81 Im Thurn, ‘Among the Indians of Guiana,’ p. 221. Cf. v. Martius, ‘BeitrÄge zur Ethnographie Amerika’s,’ vol. i. pp. 247, 645, 688. 82 Wilkes, ‘United States Exploring Expedition,’ vol. v.p. 363. Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ pp. 216, 221, &c. 83 Dalton, ‘Descriptive Ethnology of Bengal,’ p. 40. 84 Bickmore, ‘Travels in the East Indian Archipelago,’ p. 205. 85 Strabo, ‘Ge???af???,’ book xv. p. 727. 86 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 515. 87 Livingstone, ‘Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa,’ p. 147. 88 Freycinet, ‘Voyage autour du monde,’ vol. ii. pp. 227, et seq. 89 Baker, ‘The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia,’ p. 125. 90 Hooper, ‘Ten Months among the Tents of the Tuski,’ p. 100. 91 Endemann, ‘Mittheilungen Über die Sotho-Neger,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. vi. p. 40. 92 Jellinghaus, ‘Sagen, Sitten und GebrÄuche der Munda-Kolhs in Chota Nagpore,’ ibid., vol. iii. p. 370. 93 ‘Union d’un homme et d’une femme, faite dans les formes lÉgales’ (Larousse, ‘Grand dictionnaire universel de XIXe siÈcle,‘ vol. x.p. 1174). 94 ‘Die Verbindung zweyer Personen verschiedenen Geschlechts zum lebenswierigen wechselseitigen Besitz ihrer Geschlechtseigenschaften’ (Kant, ‘Die Metaphysik der Sitten,’ vol. i.p. 107). 95 SchÄffner, ‘Geschichte der Rechtsverfassung Frankreichs,’ vol. iii. p. 186. 96 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. iii. p. 649. 97 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 479. 98 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 400. 99 Ibid., vol. i.p. 299. 100 The Orang-utan is said to be not full-grown till fifteen years of age (Mohnike, in ‘Das Ausland,’ 1872, p. 850). Cf. Fiske, ‘Outlines of Cosmic Philosophy,’ vol. ii. pp. 342, et seq. 101 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1872, p. 894. 102 ‘Science,’ vol. vii. p. 172. 103 Hyades, in ‘Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn,’ vol. vii. pp. 377, et seq. 104 Moore, ‘Marriage Customs, Modes of Courtship,’ &c., p. 292. 105 Klemm, ‘Allgemeine Cultur-Geschichte der Menschheit,’ vol. ii. p. 75. 106 Rowney, ‘The Wild Tribes of India,’ pp. 203, et seq. v. Siebold, ‘Die Aino auf Yesso,’ p. 31. Gray, ‘China,’ vol. ii. p. 304. 107 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 80. 108 Burckhardt, ‘Notes on the Bedouins and WahÁbys,’ p. 153. 109 Nachtigal, ‘Sahara und Sudan,’ vol. ii., p. 177. 110 Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 186. 111 Erman, ‘Ethnographische Wahmehmungen an den KÜsden des Berings-Meeres,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. iii. p. 162. 112 Harkness, ‘The Neilgherry Hills,’ p. 116. 113 BÉrenger-FÉraud, ‘Le mariage chez les NÈgres SÉnÉgambiens,’ in ‘Revue d’Anthropologie,’ 1883, pp. 286, et seq. 114 Blumentritt, ‘Versuch einer Ethnographic der Philippinen,’ pp. 27, et seq. 115 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 103. 116 Ibid., p. 103. 117 St. John, ‘Wild Tribes of the North-West Coast of Borneo,’ in ‘Transactions of the Ethnological Society,’ new series, vol. ii. p.237. Low, ‘Sarawak,’ p. 195. Wilken, ‘Plechtigheden en gebruiken bij verlovingen en huwelijken bij de volken van den Indischen Archipel,’ in ‘Bijdragen tot de taal-, land-en volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-IndiË,’ ser. v. vol. iv. p. 442. 118 Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 157. 119 Lewin, ‘Wild Races of South-Eastern India,’ p. 202. 120 v. Zmigrodzki, ‘Die Mutter bei den VÖlkern des arischen Stammes,’ pp. 246-248. Cf. Man, ‘On the Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Andaman Islands,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p.81 (Andamanese). 121 Powers, loc. cit. p. 239. 122 Schoolcraft,‘Archives of Aboriginal Knowledge,’ vol. v.p. 272. 123 Wagner, ‘HandwÖrterbuch der Physiologie,’ vol. iv. p. 862. Gruenhagen, ‘Lehrbuch der Physiologie,’ vol. iii. p. 528. Cf. Haycraft, ‘Some Physiological Results of Temperature Variations,’ in ‘Transactions of the Royal Society of Edinburgh,’ vol. xxix. p. 130. 124 Janke, ‘Die willkÜrliche Hervorbringung des Geschlechts,’ pp. 220-222. 125 Gruenhagen, vol. iii. p. 528. 126 Thus, the bat pairs in January and February (Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. i.p. 299); the wild camel in the desert to the east of Lake Lob-nor from the middle of January nearly to the end of February (Prejevalsky ‘From Kulja to Lob-nor,’ p. 91); the Canis Azarae and the Indian bison in winter (Rengger, loc. cit. p. 147). (Forsyth, ‘The Highlands of Central India,’ p. 108); the wild-cat and the fox, in February (Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. i. pp. 453, 662); the weasel, in March (ibid., vol. ii. p. 84); the kulan, from May to July (ibid., vol. iii. p. 19); the musk-ox, at the end of August (ibid., vol. iii. p. 377); the elk, in the Baltic provinces, at the end of August, and, in Asiatic Russia, in September or October (ibid., vol. iii. p. 111); the wild yak in Tibet, in September (Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. ii. p. 192); the reindeer in Norway, at the end of September (Brehm, vol. iii. p. 123); the badger, in October (ibid., vol. ii. p. 149); the Capra pyrenaica, in November (ibid., vol. iii. p. 311); the chamois, the musk-deer, and the orongo-antelope, in November and December (ibid., vol. iii. pp. 274, 95. Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. ii. p. 205); the wolf, from the end of December to the middle of February (Brehm, vol. i. p. 534). 127 Brehm, vol. iii. pp. 275, 302. Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. ii. pp. 199, 206. 128 Brehm, vol. i. pp. 370, 404, 431; vol. ii. pp. 6, 325, 420; vol. iii. pp. 111, 158, 159, 578, 599. 129 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. ii. p. 313. 130 Ibid., vol. iii. pp. 699, 723. 131 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 482. 132 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 440. 133 Ibid., vol. i. pp. 119, 147, 182, 228. Schomburgk, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 767. 134 Brehm, vol. iii. pp. 480. It is also remarkable that the birds on the Galapagos Islands, which are situated almost on the equator, seem to have no definite breeding season (Markham, ‘Visit to the Galapagos Islands,’ in ‘Proceed. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 753). 135 Reade, loc. cit. p. 214. 136 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1872, p. 850. Hartmann, loc. cit. p. 230. Huxley, ‘Evidence as to Man’s Place in Nature,’ p. 33. 137 Burton, ‘Gorilla Land,’ vol i.p. 248. 138 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 224. 139 Powers, loc. cit. p. 206. 140 Foreman, ‘The Philippine Islands,’ p. 212. 141 This statement, however, seems to be an exaggeration (cf. Curr, ‘The Australian Race,’ vol. i. pp. 310, et seq.). 142 Oldfield, ‘The Aborigines of Australia,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 230. 143 Bonwick, ‘Daily Life and Origin of the Tasmanians,’ p. 198. 144 Dalton, loc. cit., pp. 196, et seq. 145 Ibid., p. 300. 146 Watson and Kaye, ‘The People of India,’ vol. i. no. 2. Rowney, loc. cit. p. 76. 147 Shortt, ‘Contribution to the Ethnology of Jeypore,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vi. p. 269. 148 Idem, ‘Account of the Hill Tribes of the Neilgherries,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 282. 149 Bancroft, ‘Native Races of the Pacific States,’ vol. i. pp. 551, et seq. 150 Fritsch, ‘Die Eingeborenen SÜd-Afrika’s,’ p. 328. 151 Rowley, ‘Africa Unveiled,’ p. 165. 152 Kovalevsky, ‘Modern Customs and Ancient Laws of Russia,’ pp. 10, et seq. 153 Westropp and Wake, ‘Ancient Symbol Worship,’ p. 26. 154 Mannhardt, ‘Wald-und Feldkulte,’ vol. i. ch. v. §§ 8-11, especially pp. 449, 450, 469, 480, et seq. See also Kulischer, ‘Die geschlechtliche Zuchtwahl bei den Menschen in der Urzeit,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. viii. pp. 152-156. 155 Wargentin, ‘Uti hvilka MÅnader flera MÄnniskor Årligen fÖdas och dÖ i Sverige,’ in ‘Kongl. Vetenskaps-academiens Handlingar,’ vol. xxviii. pp. 249-258. 156 WappÄus, ‘Allgemeine BevÖlkerungsstatistik,’ vol. i.p. 237. 157 Sormani, ‘La feconditÀ e la mortalitÀ umana in rapporto alle stagioni ed ai clima d’Italia;’ quoted by Mayr, ‘Die GesetzmÄssigkeit im Gesellschaftsleben,’ p. 242. 158 Mayr, p. 240. Beukemann, ‘Ein Beitrag zur Untersuchung Über die Vertheilung der Geburten nach Monaten,’ pp. 15-22. 159 Haycraft, in ‘Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinburgh,’ vol. xxix. pp. 119, et seq. 160 Mayr, loc. cit., p. 241. 161 Beukemann, loc. cit. p. 26. 162 Wargentin, in ‘Kongl. Vet.-acad. Handl.,’ vol. xxviii. p. 252. WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 237. 163 WappÄus, vol. i. pp. 250, 237. 164 Hill, ‘The Life Statistics of an Indian Province,’ in ‘Nature,’ vol. xxxviii., p. 250. 165 See, for instance, Ploss, ‘Das Weib,’ vol. i.p. 414; WappÄus, vol. i. pp. 239, 247. 166 Rousselet, ‘India and its Native Princes,’ p. 173. 167 Reclus, ‘Nouvelle gÉographie universelle,’ vol. viii. p. 70. 168 Tod, ‘Annals and Antiquities of Rajast’han,’ vol. i.p. 495. 169 VillermÉ. quoted by Quetelet, ‘Treatise on Man,’ p. 21. 170 Beukemann, loc. cit. pp. 18, 28. 171 Powers, loc. cit. p. 206. 172 Ante, p. 27. 173 Cf. Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 354. 174 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. ii. p. 149. 175 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 124. 176 WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 241. 177 Wargentin, in ‘Kongl. Vet.-acad. Handl.,’ vol. xxviii. p. 254. 178 WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 242. Bertillon, ‘NatalitÉ (dÉmographie),’ in ‘Dictionnaire encyclopÉdique des sciences mÉdicales,’ ser. ii. vol. xi. p. 479. 179 Beukemann, loc. cit. p. 59. 180 Hill, in ‘Nature,’ vol. xxxviii. p. 250. 181 Professor Nicholson says (‘Sexual Selection in Man,’ p. 9) that Darwinism fails to assign any adequate cause for this. 182 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 113. 183 Oldfield, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. pp. 269, et seq. 184 Darwin, ‘The Variation of Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 255. 185 WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 247. 186 Ibid., vol. i.p. 246. Quetelet, loc. cit. p. 20. Bertillon, in ‘Dictionnaire encyclopÉdique des sciences mÉdicales,’ ser. ii. vol. xi. p. 480. 187 WappÄus, vol. i.p. 343. 188 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. iii. p. 333. 189 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 43. 190 Ibid., vol. iii. pp. 549, 557. 191 MÜller, loc. cit. pp. 2, 86, 104. I myself know of a canary that laid eggs as early as March. 192 Peschel, ‘The Races of Man,’ pp. 229, et seq. 193 Giraud-Teulon, ‘Les origines du mariage et de la famille,’ p. 148. Lippert, ‘Kulturgeschichte der Menschheit,’ vol. ii. pp. 54, et seq. Von Hellwald, ‘Die menschliche Familie,’ p. 207: ‘Was spÄter der Vater, das ist der Oheim zur Zeit des Mutterrechtes und des Matriarchats.’ Kovalevsky, ‘Tableau des origines et de l’Évolution de la famille et de la propriÉtÉ,’ pp. 15, 16, 21. 194 Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. pp. 199, et seq. 195 Kovalevsky, ‘Tableau des origines de la famille,’ pp. 21, et seq. 196 Bastian, ‘Die RechtsverhÄltnisse bei verschiedenen VÖlkern der Erde,’ p. 181. 197 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1026. 198 Munzinger, ‘Ostafrikanische Studien,’ p. 528. 199 Cain, ‘The Bhadrachellam and Rekapalli Taluqas,’ in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. viii. p. 34. 200 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 150. 201 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 268. Cf. Bartram, ‘The Creek and Cherokee Indians,’ in ‘Trans. American Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i.p. 65. 202 Codrington, ‘The Melanesians,’ p. 34. Cf. Curr, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 60, 62, 69. 203 Kautsky, ‘Die Entstehung der Ehe und Familie,’ in ‘Kosmos’ vol. xii. p. 198. 204 Cf. Tylor, ‘Primitive Society,’ in ‘The Contemporary Review,’ vol. xxi. pp. 711, et seq. 205 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 166. 206 Savage, ‘Description of Troglodytes Gorilla,’ p.9. 207 Reade, loc. cit. p. 220. 208 Du Chaillu, loc. cit. p. 349. 209 ‘Die Gartenlaube,’ 1877, p. 418. 210 Savage, in ‘Boston Journal of Natural History,’ vol. iv. pp. 384, et seq. 211 Du Chaillu, p. 358. 212 Hartmann, loc. cit. p. 221: ‘Dieses Thier lebt in einzelnen Familien oder in kleinern Gruppen von solchen beieinander.' 213 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Psychology,’ vol. ii. pp. 558, et seq. 214 Savage, in ‘Boston Journal of Natural History,’ vol. iv. p. 384. Cf. v. Koppenfels, in ‘Die Gartenlaube,’ 1877, p. 419. 215 Spencer, vol. ii. p. 558. 216 Herr Kautsky is certainly mistaken when he says (‘Kosmos,’ vol. xii. p. 193), ‘Nicht Familien, sondern StÄmme sind es, denen wir bei den VÖlkern begegnen, die sich ihre ursprÜnglichen Einrichtungen noch bewahrt haben.' 217 Pridham, ‘Account of Ceylon,’ vol. i.p. 454. Cf. Hartshorne, ‘The Weddas,’ in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. viii. p. 320. 218 Bailey, ‘The Wild Tribes of the Veddahs of Ceylon,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 281. 219 Stirling, ‘Residence in Tierra del Fuego,’ in ‘The South American Missionary Magazine,’ vol. iv. p. 11. 220 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 124. 221 Hyades, ‘Ethnographie des FuÉgiens,’ in ‘Bulletins de la SociÉtÉ d’Anthropologie de Paris,’ ser. iii. vol. x.p. 333. 222 Bove, ‘Patagonia, Terra del Fuoco,’ p. 134. Lovisato, ‘Appunti etnografici sulla Terra del Fuoco,’ in Guido Cora’s ‘Cosmos,’ vol. viii. p. 150. 223 Bridges, ‘Manners and Customs of the Firelanders,’ in ‘A Voice for South America,’ vol. xiii. p. 204. 224 Salvado, ‘MÉmoires historiques sur l’Australie,’ pp. 265, et seq. Idem, ‘Voyage en Australie,’ p. 178. 225 Stanbridge, ‘The Tribes in the Central Part of Victoria,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. i. pp. 286, et seq. 226 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 278. 227 Fritsch, loc. cit. pp. 443, et seq. 228 ThuliÉ, ‘Instructions sur les Bochimans,’ in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. iv. pp. 409, et seq. Lichtenstein, ‘Travels in Southern Africa,’ vol. i.p. 48. 229 Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 194. 230 v. Martius, ‘Civil and Natural Rights among the Aboriginal Inhabitants of Brazil,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. Geog. Soc.,’ vol. ii. p. 192. 231 v. Tschudi, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 283. 232 v. Martius, ‘BeitrÄge zur Ethnographic Amerika’s,’ vol. i. pp. 244, 400, 247. 233 Bates, ‘The Naturalist on the River Amazons,’ vol. ii. p. 376. 234 Ibid., vol. ii. pp. 381, 377, et seq.; vol. i.p. 328. 235 Southey, ‘History of Brazil,’ vol. ii. p. 373. 236 v. Spix and v. Martius, ‘Travels in Brazil,’ vol. ii. p. 244. 237 Petroff, ‘The Population, Industries, and Resources of Alaska,’ p. 135. 238 Ahlqvist, ‘Die KulturwÖrter der westfinnischen Sprachen,’ p. 220. 239 Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 49, 194. 240 King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 177, et seq. 241 Hunter, ‘Historical Journal of the Transactions at Port Jackson and Norfolk Island,’ p. 62. 242 Meyer, loc. cit. p. 191. 243 Brough Smyth, ‘The Aborigines of Victoria,’ vol. i. pp. 146, et seq. 244 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 207, et seq. 245 Cf. Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. §§ 24, 27. 246 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 72. 247 Lubbock, ‘The Development of Relationships,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 2. 248 Bachofen, ‘Das Mutterrecht,’ pp. xxi., xx., 10. Idem, ‘Antiquarische Briefe,’ pp. 20, et seq. McLennan, loc. cit. pp. 92, 95. Morgan, loc. cit. pp. 480, 487, et seq. Idem, ‘Ancient Society,’ pp. 418, 500-502. Lubbock loc. cit. pp. 86, 98, 104. Bastian, loc. cit. p. xviii. Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. p. 70. Lippert, loc. cit. vol. ii. p.7. Post, ‘Die Geschlechtsgenossenschaft der Urzeit,’ pp. 16, et seq. Idem, ‘Die Grundlagen des Rechts,’ pp. 183, et seq. Idem, ‘Studien zur Entwickelungsgeschichte des Familienrechts,’ pp. 54, et seq. Wilken, ‘Over de primitieve vormen van het huwelijk en den oorsprong van het gezin,’ in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol ii. p. 611. Kohler, in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr vergleichende Rechtswissenschaft,’ vol. iv. p. 267. Engels, ‘Der Ursprung der Familie, des Privateigenthums und des Staats,’ p. 17. Mr. Herbert Spencer, though inferring (‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 635) that even in prehistoric times promiscuity was checked by the establishment of individual connections, thinks that in the earliest stages it was but in a small degree thus qualified. 249 Fiske, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 345. Kulischer, in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. viii. pp. 140, et seq. Gomplowicz, ‘Grundriss der Sociologie,’ p. 107. Bevel, ‘Woman in the Past, Present, and Future,’ p.9. 250 Herodotus, ‘?st???a,’ book i. ch. 216. Strabo, loc. cit. book xi. p. 513. 251 Herodotus, book iv. ch. 180. 252 Solinus, ‘Collectanea Rerum Memorabilium,’ ch. xxx. § 2. 253 Nicolaus Damascenus, ‘???? s??a?? ??,’ §§ 3, 14. 254 Wolkov, ‘Rites et usages nuptiaux en Ukraine,’ in ‘L’Anthropologie,’ vol. ii. p. 164. 255 Garcilasso de la Vega, ‘The Royal Commentaries of the Yncas,’ vol. ii. p. 443. 256 Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 86-95. 257 Belcher, ‘The Andaman Islands,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. v. p. 45. 258 Poole, ‘Queen Charlotte Islands,’ p. 312. 259 Baegert, ‘The Aboriginal Inhabitants of the Californian Peninsula,’ in ‘Smithsonian Report,’ 1863, p. 368. 260 Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 87, et seq. 261 Buchanan, ‘Journey from Madras,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages and Travels,’ vol. viii. p. 736. Lubbock, p. 87. 262 Watson and Kaye, loc. cit. vol. ii. no. 85. 263 Dubois, ‘Description of the People of India,’ p.3. 264 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 240. 265 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. pp. 36, 51, 53. Ridley, ‘KÁmilarÓi,’ pp. 161, et seq. 266 SchÜrmann, ‘The Aboriginal Tribes of Port Lincoln,’ in Wood’s ‘The Native Tribes of South Australia,’ p. 223. 267 King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 182. 268 Wilken, in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol. ii. pp. 610, et seq. Idem, ‘Over de verwantschap en het huwelijks-en erfrecht bij de volken van het maleische ras,’ pp. 20; 82 note. 269 Bastian, ‘Ueber die EheverhÄltnisse,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. vi. p. 406. 270 Idem, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. lxi., note 36. 271 Idem, ‘Die CulturlÄnder des Alten America,’ vol. ii. p. 654, note 4. 272 Quoted by Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. p. 72. 273 Baegert, in ‘Smith Rep.,’ 1863, p. 368. 274 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 239. 275 Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 104, et seq. Morgan in his ‘Introduction’ to Fison and Howitt’s ‘Kamilaroi and Kurnai,’ p. 10. Kohler, ‘Ueber das Recht der Australneger,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. vii. p. 344. Kovalevsky, ‘Tableau des origines de la famille,’ pp. 13, et seq. 276 Fison and Howitt, p. 60. 277 Ibid., pp. 159, et seq. 278 Howitt, ‘Australian Group Relations,’ in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1883, p. 817. 279 As regards the Melanesians, Dr. Codrington remarks (loc. cit. pp. 22, et seq.): ‘Speaking generally, it may be said that to a Melanesian man all women, of his own generation at least, are either sisters or wives, to the Melanesian woman all men are either brothers or husbands.... It must not be understood that a Melanesian regards all women who are not of his own division as, in fact, his wives, or conceives himself to have rights which he may exercise in regard to those women of them who are unmarried; but the women who may be his wives by marriage and those who cannot possibly be so, stand in a widely different relation to him.' 280 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 126. 281 Ibid., vol. i.p. 142. 282 Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 404. 283 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 135. 284 Burchell, ‘Travels into the Interior of Southern Africa,’ vol. ii. p. 60. 285 Barrow, ‘Travels in the Interior of Southern Africa,’ vol. i.p. 276. 286 Woldt, ‘Capitain Jacobsen’s Reise an der NordwestkÜste Amerikas,’ pp. 20, 21, 28, et seq. 287 Ratzel, ‘VÖlkerkunde,’ vol. ii. p. 430. 288 Schwaner, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 231, note: ‘De Koeteinezen verhalen, dat hunne Ot geene huwelijken sluiten, geen woningen hebben, en als de dieren des wouds door hen gejaagd worden.' 289 Ibid., vol. i.p. 230. 290 Richardson, ‘Arctic Searching Expedition,’ vol. i.p. 383. Kirby, ‘Journey to the Youcan,’ in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1864, p. 419. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 131. 291 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 693. 292 Schomburgk, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 459, et seq. Brett, ‘The Indian Tribes of Guiana,’ p. 98. 293 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 472. 294 Dalton, ‘The “Kols” of Chota Nagpore,‘ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vi. p. 25. 295 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 81. 296 Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i.p. 304. 297 With reference to the Tahitians, Forster says (‘Voyage round the World,’ vol. ii. p. 132), ‘We have been told a wanton tale of promiscuous embraces, where every woman is common to every man: but when we inquired for a confirmation of this story from the natives, we were soon convinced that it must, like many others, be considered as a groundless invention of a traveller’s gay fancy.’ Regarding the Peruvian natives alleged to live in a state of promiscuity, Garcilasso de la Vega assures us (loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 443) that he saw them with his own eyes when on his way to Spain, for the ship stopped on their coast for three days. 298 Pliny, ‘Historia Naturalis,’ book v. ch. 8: ‘Garamantes, matrimoniorum exsortes, passim cum foeminis degunt.... Blemmyis traduntur capita abesse, ore et oculis pectori affixis.' 299 Rowney, loc. cit. pp. 140, 142, 143. 300 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 293. 301 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 85, et seq. 302 Post, ‘Die Grundlagen des Rechts,’ p. 187. Cf. Wilken, in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol. ii. p. 1195. 303 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 206. 304 Proyart, ‘History of Loango,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xvi. p. 568. 305 Reade, loc. cit. p. 261. 306 Forbes, ‘Dahomey and the Dahomans,’ vol. i.p. 26. 307 Barth, ‘Reisen in Nord-und Central-Afrika,’ vol. ii. p. 18. 308 Chavanne, loc. cit. p. 315. 309 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 326. 310 Baker, loc. cit. p. 124. 311 Munzinger, p. 243. For certain other African peoples, see Moore, loc. cit. p. 221; Munzinger, pp. 145, 146, 208; d’Escayrac de Lauture, ‘Die Afrikanische WÜste,’ p. 132. 312 Hanoteau and Letourneux, ‘La Kabylie et les coutumes Kabyles,’ vol. ii. pp. 148, 187. 313 VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 240. 314 Klemm, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 166. 315 Liebich, ‘Die Zigeuner,’ p. 50, note 1. 316 Georgi, ‘Beschreibung aller Nationen des russischen Reichs,’ p. 311. 317 Klemm, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 26. 318 Prejevalsky, ‘From Kulja to Lob-nor,’ p. 112. 319 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 343. 320 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen tot de taal-, land-en volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-IndiË,’ ser. v. vol. iv. p. 444. 321 Low, loc. cit. pp. 300, 247. 322 St. John, ‘Life in the Forests of the Far East,’ vol. i. pp. 52, et seq. 323 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 66. 324 Meyer, ‘Die Igorrotes von Luzon,’ in ‘Verhandlungen der Berliner Gesellschaft fÜr Anthropologie, Ethnologie und Urgeschichte,’ 1883, pp. 384, et seq. Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 27. For other tribes of the Indian Archipelago, see Marsden, ‘The History of Sumatra,’ p. 261; and Matthes, ‘Bijdragen tot de Ethnologie van Zuid-Celebes,’ p.6. 325 Earl, ‘Papuans,’ p. 81. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 629. Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ pp. 77, 82, 92, 101. 326 Bonwick, loc. cit. p. 60. 327 Finsch, p. 101. 328 Bonwick, pp. 59, 11. 329 Erskine, ‘The Islands of the Western Pacific,’ p. 341. 330 Ibid., p. 255. 331 Codrington, loc. cit. p. 235. 332 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 138. 333 Turner, ‘Nineteen Years in Polynesia,’ p. 184. 334 Quoted by Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 318. 335 Dawson, ‘Australian Aborigines,’ pp. 33, 28. 336 Quoted by Petroff, loc. cit. p. 155. 337 Egede, ‘Description of Greenland,’ p. 141. 338 Cranz, ‘The History of Greenland,’ vol. i.p. 145. 339 Hearne, ‘Journey to the Northern Ocean,’ p. 311. 340 Catlin, ‘Illustrations of the Manners, Customs, and Condition of the North American Indians,’ vol. i.p. 121. 341 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 654. 342 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 514. 343 See Meares, ‘Voyages,’ p. 251; Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 112. 344 Dobrizhoffer, ‘Account of the Abipones,’ vol. ii. p. 153. 345 Nansen, ‘The First Crossing of Greenland,’ vol. ii. p. 329. 346 Powers, loc. cit. p. 381. 347 Lord, ‘The Naturalist in Vancouver Island,’ vol. ii. p. 233. 348 Woldt, loc. cit. p. 28. 349 King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 173. 350 Musters, ‘At Home with the Patagonians,’ p. 197. 351 Vancouver, ‘Voyage of Discovery,’ vol. i. pp. 171, et seq. 352 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 108. Brenchley, ‘Jottings during the Cruise of H.M.S. CuraÇoa among the South Sea Islands,’ p. 208. Cf. Meade, ‘A Ride through the Disturbed Districts of New Zealand,’ p. 163 (Maoris). 353 Ellis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 270. 354 Stephens, ‘The Aborigines of Australia,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 480. 355 Sibree, ‘The Great African Island,’ p. 252. 356 Krauss, ‘Sitte und Brauch der SÜdslaven,’ ch. xii. pp. 197-227. 357 Ahlqvist, loc. cit. p. 214. 358 VÁmbÉry, ‘Die primitive Cultur des turko-tatarischen Volkes,’ p. 72. 359 Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 444. 360 Drury, ‘Adventures during Fifteen Years’ Captivity on the Island of Madagascar,‘ p. 323. 361 WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 484. 362 v. Oettingen, ‘Moralstatistik,’ p. 317. 363 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 199. 364 Ibid., pp. 199, 216. 365 Ibid., p. 327. 366 Cf. Barth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 18; v. Holten, ‘Das Land der Yurakarer,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. ix. p. 109; Hunter, ‘The Annals of Rural Bengal,’ vol. i.p. 205. 367 Cf. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 114; vol. iii. pp. 111, 343; vol. vi. pp. 125, 774; Powers, loc. cit. p. 415; Lewin, loc. cit. p. 348; Martin, loc. cit. vol ii. p. 175; Riedel, ‘De sluik-en kroesharige rassen tusschen Selebes en Papua,’ pp. 5, 42; Marsden, loc. cit. p. 261. 368 Lewin, p. 193. 369 Ibid., p. 203. 370 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 248. 371 Watt, ‘The Aboriginal Tribes of Manipur,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 358. 372 St. John, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 53. 373 Rogers, ‘Scotland Social and Domestic,’ p. 109. 374 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 536. 375 Herodotus, loc. cit. book i. ch. 199. 376 Strabo, loc. cit. book xi. p. 532. 377 Lubbock, pp. 535-537. 378 McLennan, loc. cit. p. 341. 379 Herodotus, book iv. ch. 172. Pomponius Mela, ‘De Situ Orbis,’ book i. ch. 8. 380 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 442. 381 Diodorus Siculus, ‘????????? ?st?????,’ book v. ch. 1. 382 v. Langsdorf, ‘Voyages and Travels,’ vol. i.p. 153. 383 McLennan, loc. cit. p. 341. The case stated by Garcilasso de la Vega must, however, be excepted. 384 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 132. Post, ‘Die Geschlechtsgenossenschaft der Urzeit,’ pp. 34, et seq. Le Bon, ‘L’homme et les sociÉtÉs,’ vol. ii. p. 292. Lippert, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 17. Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss,’ vol. vii. p. 327. 385 It occurs among the Kafirs (v. Weber, ‘Vier Jahre in Afrika,’ vol. ii. p. 218), several Central African peoples (Reade, loc. cit. p. 262. Du Chaillu, loc. cit. p. 47. Merolla da Sorrento, ‘Voyage to Congo,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xvi. p. 272. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 114), the Aleuts (Dall, loc. cit. p. 399. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 92, et seq. Georgi, loc. cit. p. 372), Eskimo (Bancroft, vol. i.p. 65), Crees (Mackenzie, ‘Voyages to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans,’ p. xcvi.), Comanches (Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 684), Apaches (Bancroft, vol. i. p. 514), some Californians (Powers, loc. cit. p. 153), the aborigines of Surinam (Moore, loc. cit. p. 267), and Brazil (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 118), Sinhalese (Pridham, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 250), Dyaks of Sidin (Western Borneo) and Orang-Saki (Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen tot de taal-, land-en volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-IndiË,’ ser. v. vol. iv. p. 451), the Australians (Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 93. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 195. Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss,’ vol. vii. pp. 326, et seq. Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 110), Tasmanians (Bonwick, loc. cit. p. 75), Papuans (Zimmermann, ‘Die Inseln des indischen und stillen Meeres,’ vol. ii. p. 183), Caroline Islanders (Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 212), and some other Pacific Islanders (Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ p. 194. Post, ‘Die Geschlechtsgenossenschaft,’ p. 35), as also the Votyaks and certain Siberian peoples (Buch, ‘Die WotjÄken,’ p. 48). This list might easily be enlarged. 386 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 111. Regnard, ‘Journey to Lapland,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. i. pp. 166, et seq. Moore, loc. cit. p. 267. Marco Polo, ‘The Kingdoms and Marvels of the East,’ vol. ii. p. 34. Post, ‘Die Geschlechtsgenossenschaft,’ pp. 34, et seq. Coxe, ‘The Russian Discoveries between Asia and America,’ p. 245. 387 Rochon, ‘Voyage to Madagascar,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xvi. p. 747. 388 Sauer, ‘Expedition to the Northern Parts of Russia,’ p. 49. 389 Sproat, ‘Scenes and Studies of Savage Life,’ p. 95. 390 Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 356. 391 Du Chaillu, loc. cit. p. 47. 392 Lyon, ‘The Private Journal,’ &c., p. 354. Hearne, loc. cit. p. 129. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 92. Steller, ‘Beschreibung von Kamtschatka,’ p. 347. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 308; vol. vi. pp. 130, 131, 622. Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 172. Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 247. 393 Egede, loc. cit. p. 140. 394 Marco Polo, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 34. 395 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol ii. p. 316. Cf. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 404. 396 Johnston, ‘The Kilima-njaro Expedition,’ p. 431. 397 McLennan, loc. cit. p. 337, note. Cf. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N. S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 404. 398 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 698. ‘Revue des deux Mondes,’ 1883, June 1, p. 688. 399 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 382. 400 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 113, 428, 485. 401 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 671. 402 Ibid., vol. i. pp. 584, et seq. Bastian, in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. vi. p. 408, note. 403 Bontier and Le Verrier, ‘The Canarian,’ Introduction, p. xxxv. Cf. Glas, ‘The History of the Discovery and Conquest of the Canary Islands,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xvi. p. 819. 404 Barth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 571, note *. 405 Herodotus, loc. cit. book iv. ch. 168. 406 Navarette, ‘The Great Empire of China,’ in Awnsham and Churchill’s ‘Collection of Voyages and Travels,’ vol. i.p. 320. 407 Hamilton, ‘New Account of the East Indies,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. viii. p. 374. 408 Sugenheim, ‘Geschichte der Aufhebung der Leibeigenschaft und HÖrigkeit in Europa,’ p. 104. Philip VI. and Charles VI. could not, in the fourteenth century, induce the Bishops of Amiens to give up the old custom, “dass jedes neuvremÄhlte Paar ihrer Stadt und DiÖcese die Erlaubniss zur ehelichen Beiwohnung in den drei ersten NÄchten nach der Trauung von ihnen mittelst einer bedeutenden Abgabe erkaufen musste.” 409 Schmidt, ‘Jus primae noctis,’ pp. 379, &c. 410 See Professor Kohler’s criticism in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. iv. pp. 279-287. 411 Kulischer, ‘Die communale “Zeitehe,”‘ in ‘Archiv. fÜr Anthropologie,’ vol. xi. pp. 228, et seq. 412 Bachofen, ‘Das Mutterrecht,’ pp. 12, 13, 17, 18, &c. Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. pp. 32, &c. Kulischer, in ‘Archiv fÜr Anthropologie,’ vol. xi. p. 223. Post, ‘Die Geschlechtsgenossenschaft,’ p. 37. Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 537. Wilken, in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol. ii. p. 1196. See Schmidt, ‘Das Streit Über das jus primae noctis,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. xvi. pp. 44, et seq. 413 Holub, ‘Seven Years in South Africa,’ vol. ii. pp. 160, et seq. 414 Bastian, ‘Der Mensch in der Geschichte,’ vol. iii. p. 302. Burton, ‘Mission to Gelele, King of Dahome,’ vol. ii. p. 67. 415 Bosman, ‘Description of the Coast of Guinea,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xvi. p. 480. 416 Moore, loc. cit. p. 161. 417 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 45. 418 Moore, p. 182. 419 Marco Polo, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 213. 420 Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 29. 421 Yate, ‘Account of New Zealand,’ p. 96. 422 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 184. 423 Reade, loc. cit. p. 359. 424 ‘??????? ???????? ??????????,’ in ‘??????? ???????,’ vol. xxvii. pp. 63, 77. 425 Egede, loc. cit. p. 140. 426 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 113, et seq. 427 Hamilton, loc. cit. p. 374. 428 Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 133, 537-539. Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. pp. 43-53. 429 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 539. 430 See Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. p. 44. 431 McLennan, loc. cit. p. 343. 432 Juan and Ulloa, ‘Voyage to South America,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection 433 Regnard, loc. cit. p. 166. 434 St. Andrew St. John, ‘The Hill Tribes of North Aracan,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. p. 239. 435 Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity of the Human Family,’ p. 12. 436 ‘Malayan,’ as Mr. Wallace remarks, is a bad term, as this system does not occur among true Malays. 437 Morgan, pp. 450, et seq. 438 Idem, ‘Ancient Society,’ pp. 403, et seq. Idem, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ pp. 482, et seq. 439 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 184. 440 Ibid., p. 196. 441 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ &c., p. 488. 442 As the second form he assumes the ‘Punaluan family,’ which was founded upon intermarriage of several sisters and female cousins with each other’s husbands (or several brothers and male cousins with each other’s wives) in a group, the joint husbands (or wives) not being necessarily akin to each other, although often so (‘Ancient Society,’ p. 384). 443 Ibid., p. 502. Cf. Morgan, ‘Systems,’ &c., pp. 487, et seq. 444 Buschmann, ‘Ueber den Naturlaut,’ in ‘Philologische und historische Abhandlungen der KÖnigl. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin,’ 1852, pp. 391-423. Independently of him Sir J. Lubbock has compiled a similar table in ‘The Origin of Civilization,’ pp. 427-432. 445 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 10, 9. 446 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 18. 447 Hunter, ‘Comparative Dictionary of the Languages of India and High Asia,’ p. 122. 448 von der Gabelentz, ‘Die melanesischen Sprachen,’ vol. ii. p. 139. 449 Hunter, pp. 122, 143. 450 von der Gabelentz, vol. ii. p. 52. 451 Ibid., vol. i.p. 215. 452 Ibid., vol. i.p. 172. 453 Klaproth, ‘Asia Polyglotta,’ p. 281. 454 Barth, ‘Central-afrikanische Vokabularien,’ p. 212. 455 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 293. 456 von den Steinen, ‘Durch Central-Brasilien,’ p. 341. 457 von der Gabelentz, vol. i.p. 71. 458 Barth, p. 214. 459 von der Gabelentz, vol. ii. p. 52. 460 Preyer, ‘Die Seele des Kindes,’ p. 321. 461 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 431. 462 von den Steinen, loc. cit. p. 341. 463 Schomburgk, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 318. Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ pp. 126, 186. 464 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ &c., pp. 295, 313, 339, 348, 358, 362, 368, 374. 465 Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 366. 466 Robertson Smith, ‘Kinship and Marriage in Early Arabia,’ p. 117. 467 VÁmbÉry, ‘Die primitive Cultur des turko-tatarischen Volkes,’ p. 65. 468 MÜller, ‘Comparative Mythology,’ in ‘Oxford Essays,’ 1856, pp. 14, et seq. Idem, ‘Biographies of Words,’ p. xvi. 469 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 433. Cf. Sayce, ‘Principles of Comparative Philology,’ p. 211. 470 Cf. McLennan, loc. cit. p. 259; Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ p. 188. 471 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ &c., p. 132. 472 Davy, ‘Account of the Interior of Ceylon,’ p. 117. 473 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ &c., p. 453, note. 474 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 127. 475 Barth, ‘Central-afrikanische Vocabularien,’ p. 216. VÁmbÉry, ‘Die primitive Cultur,’ &c., p. 69. 476 Barth, p. 216. 477 Sibree, loc. cit. pp. 244, et seq. 478 Reade, loc. cit. p. 258. 479 Casalis, ‘The Basutos,’ p. 207. 480 Ahlqvist, loc. cit. p. 209. 481 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 431. Nordqvist, ‘Tschuktschisk ordlista,’ in NordenskiÖld, ‘Vega-expeditionens vetenskapliga iakttagelser,’ vol. i. pp. 386, 390. 482 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 247, et seq. 483 Salvado, ‘MÉmoires,’ p. 277. Cf. Collins, ‘New South Wales,’ vol. i. p. 544. 484 Nicolaus Damascenus, loc. cit. § 3. 485 Deecke, ‘Die deutschen Verwandtschaftsnamen,’ p. 79. 486 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 116. 487 Ahlqvist, p. 209. 488 Dixon, ‘The Tsuishikari Ainos,’ in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xi. pt. i.p. 43. 489 VÁmbÉry, ‘Die primitive Cultur,’ &c., p. 65. 490 Ahlqvist, p. 212. 491 Ahlqvist, loc. cit. p. 211. 492 von den Steinen, loc. cit. p. 341. 493 Ahlqvist, p. 210. von der Gabelentz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 172. 494 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ p. 452, note. Cf. the German ‘Junge.' 495 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 91, et seq. 496 Eyre, ‘Journals of Expeditions of Discovery into Central Australia,’ vol. ii. p. 214. 497 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 143. 498 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 247. 499 Bridges, in ‘A Voice for South America,’ vol. xiii. p. 212. 500 Mr. A.J. Swann, in a letter dated Kavala Island, Lake Tanganyika, December 14th, 1888. 501 Hartshorne, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. viii. p. 320. According to M. Le Mesurier (‘The VeddÁs of Ceylon,’ in Jour. Roy. As. Soc. Ceylon Branch,‘ vol. ix. p. 347), the Rock or Hill Veddahs use the word for brother, ‘aluwa,’ when they speak of or to any person with whom they are in friendship. 502 Mr. Bridges, in a letter dated Downeast, Tierra del Fuego, August 28th, 1888. 503 In dealing with the pretended group-marriages of the Australians, we have noted the distortion of facts to which Mr. Morgan’s hypothesis has given rise. Nowhere has this distortion appeared in an odder way than in Professor BernhÖft’s pamphlet, entitled ‘Verwandtschaftsnamen und Eheformen der nordamerikanischen VolksstÄmme.’ The author, misled by the systems of nomenclature, asserts that even now group-marriages are extremely common (have ‘eine ungeheure Verbreitung’) not only among the Australians, but also throughout America and Africa, and in many parts of Asia (pp. 8, 16). In a paper of more recent date (‘Altindische Familien-Organisation,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. ix. p. 7), however, Professor BernhÖft admits that the actual practice has mostly become different from that which the terms indicate, and that the progress to individual marriage has already often taken place. 504 Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 196, et seq. Morgan, ‘Systems,’ p. 35 note. 505 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ p. 36, note. 506 ‘Das Mutterrecht.' 507 McLennan, loc. cit. p. 88. 508 See, besides the works of Bachofen and McLennan, Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 151-156; Giraud-Teulon, loc. cit. ch. vii.-x.; Idem, ‘La MÈre chez certains peuples de l’antiquitÉ;’ Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ pp. 183, et seq.; Lippert, ‘Die Geschichte der Familie,’ sec. i.; Idem, ‘Kulturgeschichte,’ vol. ii. ch. ii.; Dargun, ‘Mutterrecht und Raubehe,’ pp. 2-9; Post, ‘Geschlechtsgenossenschaft,’ pp. 93, et seq.; Idem, ‘Der Ursprung des Rechts,’ pp. 37, et seq.; Idem, ‘Baustiene,’ vol. i. pp. 77, et seq.; Starcke, ‘The Primitive Family,’ sec. i. ch. i.-v.; Wilken, in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1881, vol. li. pp. 244-254; Friedrichs, ‘Ueber den Ursprung des Matriarchats,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. viii. pp. 382, et seq.; Frazer, ‘Totemism,’ pp. 70-72; Letourneau, ‘L’Évolution du mariage et de la famille,’ ch. xvi.-xviii.; Wake, ‘The Development of Marriage and Kinship,’ ch. viii., et seq. 509 Cf. Hale, in ‘Science,’ vol. xix. p. 30. 510 Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 176. 511 Heriot, loc. cit. pp. 343, et seq. 512 Powers, loc. cit. p. 371 (Yokuts). Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 242. 513 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 182, 194. 514 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 234. 515 Sproat, loc. cit. pp. 98, 116. 516 Frazer, loc. cit. p. 71. 517 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Ancient Mexicans, &c., pp. 5, et seq. 518 v. Humboldt, ‘Travels to the Equinoctial Regions of the New Continent,’ vol. vi. p. 41. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 383. 519 Buckley, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. iii. p. 31. 520 Waitz, vol. iii. pp. 471, et seq. Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ American Races, p. 10. 521 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 352, et seq. Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 499. 522 Hyades, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. x.p. 334. 523 Cook, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 412. 524 Morgan, ‘Systems,’ &c., pp. 579, 583. 525 Ellis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 260. 526 Cook, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 172. 527 Ellis, ‘Tour through Hawaii,’ pp. 391, et seq. 528 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 247. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 203. 529 Gill, ‘Myths and Songs from the South Pacific,’ p. 36. 530 Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 366. 531 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 209, et seq. Cheyne, ‘Islands in the Western Pacific Ocean,’ p. 109. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 119. 532 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 244. 533 Hickson, ‘A Naturalist in North Celebes,’ pp. 285, et seq. Wilken, ‘Over de verwantschap, etc., bij de volken van het maleische ras,’ p. 21. 534 Wilken, p. 21. 535 Kohler, ‘Das Recht der Papuas auf Neu-Guinea,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. vii. pp. 373, 375. Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 395. Chalmers, ‘Pioneering in New Guinea,’ p. 188. 536 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 85. 537 Taylor, ‘Te Ika a Maui,’ p. 326. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 210. 538 According to Mr. Frazer (loc. cit. p. 70), the proportion of tribes with female to those with male descent is as four to one. 539 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. pp. 276, 285. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 777. Eyre, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 328. Frazer, p. 70. 540 Taplin, ‘The Narrinyeri,’ in Wood’s, ‘The Native Tribes of South Australia,’ pp. 12, 51. 541 Gason, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 186. 542 Grey, ‘Journals of Two Expeditions of Discovery in North-West and Western Australia,’ vol. ii. pp. 226, 236. 543 Marshall, ‘A Phrenologist amongst the Todas,’ p. 206. 544 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Asiatic Races, pp. 10, et seq. 545 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 274. 546 Rowney, loc. cit. p. 167. 547 Hunter, ‘The Annals of Rural Bengal,’ vol. i.p. 202. 548 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Asiatic Races, p. 11. 549 Burckhardt, ‘Notes on the Bedouins and WahÁbys,’ p. 75. Wilken’s ‘Das Matriarchat bei den alten Arabern’ and Professor Robertson Smith’s (loc. cit. p. 151) suggestion that the maternal system alone prevailed among the ancient Arabs, must be regarded as a mere hypothesis. Cf. Redhouse, ‘Notes on Prof. E.B. Tylor’s “Arabian Matriarchate.”‘ 550 Wake, loc. cit. p. 271. 551 Cf. Dargun, loc. cit. p.5. 552 Batchelor, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. x.p. 212. 553 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 458. Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 54, 57, 63 (Jyntias, Khasias, Garos). Dargun, p. 5, note. 554 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 522. Cf. Burton, ‘First Footsteps in East Africa,’ p. 123. 555 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. 169. 556 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 469. 557 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 421. 558 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 230. 559 Andersson, ‘Lake Ngami,’ p. 228. Chapman, ‘Travels in the Interior of South Africa,’ vol. i.p. 341. 560 Conder, ‘The Native Tribes in Bechuana-Land,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 85. Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 185. 561 In a letter dated Imbizane River, Natal, October 10th, 1888. 562 In a letter dated Port Elizabeth, Cape Colony, October 1st, 1888. 563 Maclean, ‘Compendium of Kafir Laws and Customs,’ pp. 71, 116. v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 220. Cf. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 391. Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 92. 564 Starcke, loc. cit. p. 75. Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ African Races, p.7. 565 Andersson, p. 333. 566 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Types of Lowest Races, &c., p. 10. For other instances of male descent in Africa, see Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i. pp. 26-28. 567 Maine, ‘Dissertations on Early Law and Custom,’ p. 149. 568 Bachofen, ‘Das Mutterrecht,’ and ‘Antiquarische Briefe.’ McLennan, loc. cit. pp. 118-120, 195-246. Idem, ‘The Patriarchal Theory.’ Giraud-Teulon, ‘Les origines du mariage,’ ch. xiv., xvi. 569 Tacitus, ‘Germania,’ ch. xx. 570 Schrader, ‘Prehistoric Antiquities of the Aryan Peoples,’ p. 395. 571 MÜller, ‘Biographies of Words,’ p. xvii. 572 Mr. Horatio Hale thinks (‘Science,’ vol. xix. p. 30) that in North America the paternal and maternal systems are both primitive. 573 Cf. Friedrichs, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. viii. pp. 371, &c. 574 Maine, loc. cit. p. 202. 575 Cf. Lippert, ‘Die Geschichte der Familie,’ pp. 5, 8, 9, &c. 576 Carver, loc. cit. p. 378. 577 Cameron, ‘Notes on some Tribes of New South Wales,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv., p. 352. 578 Howitt, in ‘Smithsonian Report,’ 1883, p. 813. 579 Wilkinson, ‘The Manners and Customs of the Ancient Egyptians,’ vol. i.p. 320. 580 Ribot, ‘L’hÉrÉditÉ psychologique,’ p. 362. 581 Maine, loc. cit. p. 203. 582 Cf. Tylor, ‘Researches into the Early History of Mankind,’ pp. 295, et seq.; Kohler, in ‘Kritische Vierteljahrschrift fÜr Gesetzgebung und Rechtswissenschaft,’ N.S. vol. iv. pp. 182, et seq. 583 Cf. Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 150, et seq. 584 Belt, ‘The Naturalist in Nicaragua’ p. 322. 585 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 273. 586 Hooker, ‘Himalayan Journals,’ vol. ii. p. 276. 587 Quoted by Starcke, loc. cit. p. 69, note 4. 588 Ibid., pp. 27, 28, 35, 36, 40, 41, &c. 589 Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ pp. 184, 192, et seq. It is remarkable, he says (p. 187), that while all children, among the Efatese, belonged, by the family name, to the mother’s family, each child had its own name, and any one bearing the name at once knew the father’s family thereby. 590 Casalis, loc. cit. p. 181. 591 Moore, loc. cit. p. 298. Powers, loc. cit. p. 382. Schoolcraft, ‘The Indian and his Wigwam,’ p. 72. 592 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 383. 593 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 136. Cf. Livingstone, loc. cit. pp. 622, et seq. 594 Hickson, ‘Notes on the Sengirese,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 138. 595 Hooker, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 276. 596 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 262. 597 Starcke, loc. cit. p. 80. 598 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 258. 599 Early Arabians (Robertson Smith, loc. cit. pp. 74, et seq.), Sumatrans (Marsden, loc. cit. p. 225), Sinhalese (McLennan, ‘Studies in Ancient History,’ pp. 101, et seq.). 600 KÜchler, ‘Marriage in Japan,’ in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p 115. 601 Starcke, loc. cit. p. 36. 602 Grey, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 226, 231. Lubbock, loc. cit. pp. 136, et seq. 603 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 406. 604 McCall Theal, ‘History of the Emigrant Boers,’ p. 16. 605 Medhurst, ‘Marriage, Affinity, and Inheritance in China,’ in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 29. 606 Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 484, 490. Proyart, loc. cit. p. 571. 607 Marshall, loc. cit. pp. 206, et seq. 608 Kearns, ‘The Tribes of South India,’ p. 35. 609 Wake, loc. cit. p. 271. 610 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 637, note. 611 Cf. Bosman, loc. cit. p. 421. Phillips, ‘The Lower Congo,’ in ‘Jour. Anth. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 229. Grade, in ‘Aus allen Welttheilen,’ vol. xx. p.5. Powell, ‘Wanderings in a Wild Country,’ p. 60. 612 Maine, loc. cit. pp. 204, et seq. 613 Ibid., pp. 204, et seq. note. 614 Mantegazza, ‘Die Hygieine der Liebe,’ p. 405. 615 Quoted by Witkowski, ‘La gÉnÉration humaine,’ p. 218. 616 ‘Narratives of the Mission of George Bogle to Tibet,’ &c., note to p. 74. 617 Wilson, ‘The Abode of Snow,’ p. 215. 618 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 82. Cf. Erman, in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. iii. p. 163. 619 Lisiansky, ‘Voyage Round the World,’ p. 83. 620 Bontier and Le Verrier, loc. cit. p. 139. 621 Harkness, loc. cit. pp. 122, et seq. 622 de Ujfalvy, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 227. 623 Hamilton, loc. cit. pp. 374, et seq. 624 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 395. 625 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 394. 626 Le Bon, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 289, et seq. Kautsky, in ‘Kosmos,’ vol. xii. p. 262. 627 Giraud-Teulon, ‘Les origines de la famille,’ p’ 79, note. 628 Le Bon, vol. ii. p. 293. 629 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 125. 630 Breton, ‘Excursions in New South Wales,’ &c., p. 231. Wilkes, vol. ii. p. 195. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 774. SchÜrmann, loc. cit. p. 223. Salvado, ‘MÉmoires,’ p. 280. 631 Grey, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 252. 632 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 100, 109. 633 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn, Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 292. 634 Holmberg, ‘Ethnographische Skizzen Über die VÖlker des russischen Amerika,’ in ‘Acta Societatis Scientiarum FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. pp. 332, et seq. Dali, loc. cit. p. 421. 635 Petroff, loc. cit. p. 158. Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 383. Hardisty, ‘The Loucheux Indians,’ in ‘Smithsonian Report,’ 1866, p. 312. Dixon, ‘Voyage round the World,’ pp. 225, et seq. Harmon, ‘Journal of Voyages and Travels,’ p. 293. Franklin, ‘Journey to the Shores of the Polar Sea,’ p. 67. Cf. Waitz, vol. iii. p. 328; Hearne, loc. cit. p. 310; Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. 147; Hooper, loc. cit. p. 390. 636 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 343. 637 Powers, loc. cit. p. 412. 638 Adair, loc. cit. p. 143. 639 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 209. 640 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 693. 641 v. SchÜtz-Holzhausen, ‘Der Amazonas,’ p. 70. 642 v. Martius, vol i.p. 322. Keane, ‘On the Botocudos,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 206. 643 v. Spix and v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 241. 644 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 128. 645 Ibid., i.p. 82. 646 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 239. 647 Moncelon, in ‘Bull Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 368. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 115. 648 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 329. 649 Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ p. 194. 650 Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 315. 651 Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 5, 335, 448. Cf. Modigliani, ‘Un viaggio a NÍas,’ p. 471 (Nias). 652 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 144. 653 Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 348, et seq. 654 Chavanne, loc. cit. p. 315. 655 Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. xx. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 516. 656 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 479. 657 Forbes, ‘Dahomey and the Dahomans,’ vol. i.p. 25. Cf. Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. iv. p. 498; ‘Globus,’ vol. xli. p. 237; Bosman, p. 480. 658 Le Bon, ‘La civilisation des Arabes,’ p. 434. This rule is not, however, strictly observed among the lower classes in Arabia (Palgrave, ‘Journey through Central and Eastern Arabia,’ vol. i. pp. 271, et seq.), nor by the Mohammedans of Africa (d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 63. Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 511. Chavanne, p. 349). 659 Lane, ‘The Manners and Customs of the Modern Egyptians,’ vol. i. p. 138. 660 Polak, ‘Persien,’ vol. i.p. 224. 661 Balfour, ‘The CyclopÆdia of India,’ vol. iii. p. 252. 662 Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. viii. p. 361 (New Caledonians). 663 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 201. 664 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 661. 665 Reade, loc. cit. p. 61. 666 Some Californian tribes (Powers, loc. cit. pp. 75, 246, 270), the Comanches (Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 132), Guanas (Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 95), Patagonians (Falkner, ‘Description of Patagonia,'p. 126), Kaupuis in Manipur (Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 355), Ladrone Islanders (Moore, loc. cit. p. 187), the ancient people of Honduras (de Herrera, ‘The General History of the West Indies,’ vol. iv. p. 140). 667 North American Indians (Schoolcraft, vol. i.p. 236; vol. ii. p. 132; vol. v. pp. 683, 684, 686. Carver, loc. cit. p. 375. Adair, loc. cit. p. 145. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 514), Africans (Wake, ‘The Evolution of Morality,’ vol. ii. p. 128, note 2. Waitz, vol. ii. p. 115), Gonds and KorkÚs (Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 149), Kolyas (Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 358), inhabitants of Nepaul (Smith, ‘Five Years’ Residence at Nepaul,‘ vol. i.p. 153), South Slavonians (Krauss, loc. cit. pp. 569, et seq.), Egyptians (Wilkinson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 304). 668 Liebich, loc. cit. p. 50, note 3. 669 ‘Uplands-Lagen,’ AerfdÆ BalkÆr, ch. vi. 670 Adair, pp. 144, et seq. Lewin, loc. cit. p. 245. 671 Crees (Schoolcraft, vol. v.p. 167), Chibchas (Waitz, vol. iv. p. 367), Abyssinians (Lobo, ‘Voyage to Abyssinia,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xv. pp. 25, et seq.), Kolyas (Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst,’ vol. xvi. p. 358), &c. 672 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 95. 673 Keating, ‘Expedition to the Source of St. Peter’s River,’ vol. ii. pp. 169, et seq. 674 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 339. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 505. 675 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 632. 676 Squier, ‘The ArchÆology and Ethnology of Nicaragua,’ in ‘Trans. Am. Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i.p. 127. Acosta, ‘The Natural and Moral History of the Indies,’ vol. ii. p. 370. 677 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen tot te taal-, land-en volkenkunde van Nederlandsch-IndiË,’ ser. v. vol. iv. pp. 446-448. Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 397. 678 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 95. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 80. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 127. 679 Reade, loc. cit. p. 547. Cf. Waitz, vol. ii. p. 389; Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 740; Park, ‘Travels in the Interior of Africa,’ p. 221 (Mandingoes); Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 151, note * (Arabs of Upper Egypt). 680 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 113. Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i. pp. 396, et seq. Johnston, ‘The People of Eastern Equatorial Africa,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 11. Cf. Reade, loc. cit. p. 45. 681 Grade, in ‘Aus. allen Welttheilen,’ vol. xx. p.5. 682 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 522. 683 d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 192. 684 ‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxii. vv. 15-17. 685 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 209. 686 Manzoni, quoted by Janke, loc. cit. p. 555. Cf. Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 63. 687 VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 461 688 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 213. 689 Klemm, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 26. 690 Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 79, 104, 237, 238, 283. 691 Ibid., p. 232. 692 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xix. 693 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 133. 694 Ibid., vol. iv. p. 226; vol. v.p. 217. 695 Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. xcviii. 696 Seemann, ‘The Voyage of Herald,’ vol. i.p. 316. 697 Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 313. 698 Reade, loc. cit. p. 359. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 192, 193, 419. 699 Schrader, loc. cit. p. 391. 700 In Bali this practice was carried to the utmost excess (Crawfurd ‘History of the Indian Archipelago,’ vol. ii., p. 241. Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 19). 701 Navarette, loc. cit. p. 77. 702 Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. pp. 130, 640, et seq. 703 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 96. Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 359, 377. Seemann, ‘Viti,’ pp. 192, 398. Williams, ‘Missionary Enterprises in the South Sea Islands,’ p. 557. Pritchard, loc. cit. p. 372. 704 Inglis, ‘Missionary Tour in the New Hebrides,’ in ‘Journal of the Ethnological Society of London,’ vol. iii. p. 63. 705 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 435. Cf. Richardson, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 31. 706 Hardisty, in ‘Smithsonian Report,’ 1866, p. 319. 707 Bouche, ‘La CÔte des Esclaves,’ p. 218. 708 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 280. 709 Bancroft, loc. cit. p. 173. 710 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 191; vol. vi. p. 130. 711 de Rubruquis, ‘Travels into Tartary and China,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. vii. p. 33. Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 57. 712 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 305. 713 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 215. 714 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 152. 715 Schrader, loc. cit. p. 391. 716 Dubois, loc. cit. pp. 99, 164. 717 Malcolm, ‘Essay on the Bhills,’ in ‘Trans. Roy. Asiatic Soc. Gr. Britain and Ireland,’ vol. i.p. 86. 718 Krauss, loc. cit. p. 578. 719 Pausanias, ‘????d?? pe?????s??,’ book ii. ch. 21. 720 Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 262. 721 Fulton, ‘The Laws of Marriage,’ pp. 204, et seq. St. Paul, ‘1 Timothy,’ ch. v. vv. 11, 12, 14, et seq. 722 Gibbon, ‘The History of the Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire,’ vol. i.p. 319. 723 Adair, loc. cit. p. 186. 724 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 269. 725 Stewart, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxiv. p. 621. 726 Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 488, 387. 727 Schomburgk, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 227. Lord, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 235. Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 95. 728 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 255. v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 34. Falkner, loc. cit. p. 119. Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 238 (Dacotahs). Powers, loc. cit. p. 383 (Yokuts). Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 208, 241 (Takue, Marea). Finsch, loc. cit. p. 82 (certain Papuans). 729 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 325 (Californians). Ashe, ‘Travels in America,’ p. 250 (Shawanese). Lyon, loc. cit. p. 369 (Eskimo at Igloolik). 730 Munzinger, p. 387. 731 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 63. 732 Greenlanders (Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 148), Eskimo at Igloolik (Lyon, loc. cit. 369), Aleuts (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 93, note 133, Petroff, loc. cit. p. 159), Indians of Oregon (Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v. p. 655), Dacotahs (ibid., vol. iii. p. 238), Yokuts (Powers, loc. cit. p. 383), Shawanese (Ashe, loc. cit. p. 250), Chibchas (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 367), MacusÍs (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 649), Ainos (Dall, loc. cit. p. 524. Bickmore, ‘Notes on the Ainos,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 20. v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 34), Igorrotes of Luzon (Meyer, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1883, p. 385. Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 28), Old Kukis (Stewart, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxiv. p. 620). 733 Adair, loc. cit. pp. 186, et seq. 734 Fries, ‘GrÖnland,’ p. 76. 735 Cf. Casalis, loc. cit. p. 225 (Basutos); Rochon, loc. cit. p. 747 (people of Madagascar); Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 126 (natives of Northern Queensland); Letourneau, ‘L’Évolution du mariage et de la famille,’ pp. 258, et seq. 736 In Fernando Po (Reade, loc. cit. p. 61) and among the Fulah (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 472). 737 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 195. 738 Reade, loc. cit. p. 44. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1028. 739 Franklin, loc. cit. pp. 67, et seq. 740 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 82. 741 Bonwick, ‘The Last of the Tasmanians,’ p. 308. 742 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 110. Cf. Lumholtz, loc. cit. pp. 345, et seq. 743 Grey, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 252, et seq. 744 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 525. 745 Lisiansky, p. 128. 746 Powers, loc. cit. p. 413. 747 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 218. 748 Georgi, loc. cit. p. 349. 749 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 163. 750 Giraud-Teulon, ‘Les origines du mariage et de la famille,’ p. 70. 751 As a curious exception to this rule, Dr. Brehm (‘Bird-Life,’ p. 289) mentions a bereaved hen sparrow, who, though she had eggs to hatch and young to rear, would not take a second mate. 752 Among the Kaniagmuts and Aleuts (Dall, loc. cit. p. 402), as also occasionally among other North American tribes, certain men were dressed and brought up like women, and never married; whereas, among the Eastern Eskimo, there are some women who refuse to accept husbands, preferring to adopt masculine manners, following the deer on the mountains, trapping and fishing for themselves (ibid., p. 139). 753 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 339. 754 Ashe, loc. cit. p. 250. 755 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 238. 756 Adair, loc. cit. p. 187. 757 ‘Science,’ vol. vii. p. 172. 758 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 21. 759 Burchell, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 58. Cf. ibid., vol. ii. p. 565. 760 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 424. 761 CailliÉ, ‘Travels through Central Africa,’ vol. i.p. 348. 762 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. i.p. 489. 763 Davy, loc. cit. p. 284. 764 Marshall, loc. cit. pp. 220, et seq. 765 Lewin, loc. cit. pp. 193, 175. 766 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 233. 767 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 69, note. 768 Wallace, ‘The Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i.p. 141. 769 Marsden, loc. cit. pp. 256, et seq. Cf. Schellong, ‘Familienleben und GebrÄuche der Papuas,’ in ‘Zeitschrift fÜr Ethnologie,’ vol. xxi. p. 17 (Papuans of Finschhafen, Kaiser Wilhelm Land). 770 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 86. 771 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 168. 772 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. xxiv. Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 110. 773 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 184. 774 Cf. Lansdell, ‘Through Siberia,’ vol. ii. p. 226 (Gilyaks); Armstrong, ‘The Discovery of the North-West Passage,’ p. 192 (Eskimo); Wilken, in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol. ii. p. 633, note 2 (natives of the Indian Archipelago). 775 Man, ‘Sonthalia and the Sonthals,’ p. 101. 776 v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 215. 777 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 110. 778 Southey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 240. 779 Pritchard, loc. cit. pp. 368, 372. Seemann, ‘Viti,’ pp. 399, et seq. 780 Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 320. 781 Powers, loc. cit. p. 413. Catlin, loc. cit. vol i.p. 121. Cf. Ross, ‘The Eastern Tinneh,’ in ‘Smithsonian Report,’ 1866, p. 305 (Chippewyans); Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 132 (Comanches); vol. iii. p. 238 (Dacotahs). 782 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 632. 783 Bovallius, ‘Resa i Central-Amerika,’ vol i.p. 248. 784 Morelet, ‘Reisen in Central-Amerika,’ p. 257. 785 v. Spix and v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 248. 786 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 60, 61, 94. 787 Bove, loc. cit. p. 132. 788 Parkyns, ‘Life in Abyssinia,’ vol. ii. p. 41. 789 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 324. Petherick, ‘Egypt, the Soudan and Central Africa,’ p. 396. 790 Chavanne, loc. cit. p. 401. Krapf, ‘Travels in East Africa,’ p. 354. ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. 168. 791 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 145, et seq. 792 Davy, loc. cit. p. 284. 793 Hodgson, ‘The KÓcch, Bodo and DhimÁl People,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xviii. pt. ii. p. 734. 794 Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. i.p. 205. Cf. Man, loc. cit. p. 20. 795 Hunter, vol. iii. p. 82. 796 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 125. 797 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. pp. 366, et seq. 798 Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 64. 799 Neale, ‘Residence in Siam,’ p. 155. 800 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 69. 801 Huc, ‘Travels in Tartary,’ vol. i.p. 184. 802 Batchelor, ‘The Ainu of Japan,’ p. 141. 803 Prejevalsky, ‘From Kulja to Lob-nor,’ pp. 111, et seq. 804 Bickmore, loc. cit. p. 278. Cf. Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 143. 805 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 195. 806 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 107. 807 Stone, ‘Port Moresby and Neighbourhood,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. xlvi. p. 55. Ploss, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 392. 808 Klemm, loc. cit. vol. v. pp. 46, et seq. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 251, et seq. 809 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 306, et seq. 810 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 882. 811 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 186. 812 Ibid., vol. i. pp. 216, et seq. 813 Marco Polo, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 234, et seq. 814 Ross, ‘History of Corea,’ p. 313. 815 d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 67. 816 Niebuhr, ‘Travels in Arabia,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. x.p. 151. Cf. Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 64 (Arabs). 817 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 205. 818 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 213. 819 Andree, ‘Zur Volkskunde der Juden,’ pp. 140, et seq. 820 Michaelis, ‘Commentaries on the Laws of Moses,’ vol. i.p. 471. 821 Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten, Athener und RÖmer,’ pp. 286, 353. Lichtschein, ‘Die Ehe nach mosaisch-talmudischer Auffassung,’ p.6. 822 Fustel de Coulanges, ‘The Ancient City,’ p. 63. Hearn, ‘The Aryan Household,’ pp. 69, 71. Mayne, ‘Treatise on Hindu Law and Usage,’ pp. 68, et seq. 823 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. ii. vv. 66, et seq. Monier Williams, ‘Indian Wisdom,’ p. 246. Cf. Mayne, p. 69. 824 Muir, ‘Religious and Moral Sentiments,’ p. 110. 825 Dubois, loc. cit. pp. 99-101. 826 Geiger, ‘Civilization of the Eastern Iranians,’ vol. i.p. 60. 827 MÜller, ‘The History and Antiquities of the Doric Race,’ vol. ii. pp. 300, et seq. Smith, ‘Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities,’ p. 735. Fustel de Coulanges, loc. cit. pp. 63, et seq. Hearn, loc. cit. p. 72. 828 Plato, ‘????,’ book vi. p. 773. 829 Isaeus, ‘?e?? t?? ?p????d???? ??????,’ p. 66. 830 Mommsen, ‘The History of Rome,’ vol. i.p. 62. 831 Cicero, ‘De Legibus,’ book iii. ch. 3. Fustel de Coulanges, loc cit. p. 63. 832 Mommsen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 432; vol. iii. p. 440; vol. iv. p. 547. 833 Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 418. 834 Mackenzie, ‘Studies in Roman Law,’ p. 104. 835 CÆsar, ‘De Bello Gallico,’ book vi. ch. 21. 836 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xx. 837 Ibid., ch. xix. 838 Cf. Klemm, loc. cit. vol. x.p. 79. 839 Mackenzie Wallace, ‘Russia,’ vol. i.p. 138. 840 Cf. v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 216 (Kafirs). 841 Campbell, ‘The Wild Tribes of Khondistan,’ p. 143. 842 Watson and Kaye, loc. cit. vol. i. no. 18. Dalton, loc. cit. p. 192. 843 Romilly, in ‘Proceed. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ix. p.8. 844 Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 383 (Kutchin). Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 126 (Tahitians). Chavanne, ‘Reisen im Kongostaate,’ p. 399 (BafiÓte tribes). Ross, loc. cit. p. 313 (Coreans). Ahlqvist, loc. cit. pp. 203, et seq. (Tartars). Idem, ‘Unter Wogulen und Ostjaken,’ in ‘Acta. Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. xiv. p. 291 (Ostyaks). 845 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 102. 846 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 291. Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 281. Dawson, loc. cit. p. 35. Mr. Curr states (loc. cit. vol. i.p. 110) that, as a rule, wives are not obtained by the Australian men until they are at least thirty years of age. 847 Hardisty, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 312. 848 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 224. 849 Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. p. 125. Wilkes, vol. v.p. 74. Romilly, ‘The Western Pacific,’ pp. 69, et seq. 850 Dall, loc. cit. p. 420. 851 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. ii. pp. 171, et seq. 852 Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 131. Cf. Bosman, loc. cit. pp. 419, 424 (Negroes of the Gold Coast). 853 Marsden, loc. cit. pp. 256, et seq. 854 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 140, note. 855 WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 267. 856 Haushofer, ‘Lehr-und Handbuch der Statistik,’ pp. 404-406. 857 Wilkens, in ‘Nationaloekonomisk Tidsskrift,’ vol. xvi. p. 90. 858 Haushofer, p. 396. WappÄus, vol. ii. p. 229. v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 120. 859 ‘Forty-sixth Annual Report of the Registrar-General,’ pp. viii. et seq. 860 v. Oettingen, pp. 125, et seq. Block, ‘Statistique de la France,’ vol. i., p. 69. 861 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 60. 862 Haushofer, loc. cit. pp. 400, et seq. ‘Forty-seventh Ann. Rep. Reg.-Gen., p. viii. Cf. WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 216. 863 Speaking of the Santals, Sir W.W. Hunter remarks ('Rural Bengal,’ vol i.p. 205), ‘In the tropical forest, a youth of sixteen or seventeen is as able to provide for a family as ever he will be; and a leaf hut, with a few earthen or brazen pots, is all the establishment a Santal young lady expects.’ This holds good not only for the savages of the tropics. 864 Bickmore, loc. cit. p. 278. 865 Niebuhr, loc. cit. p. 151. 866 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 337. 867 ‘Forty-sixth Ann. Rep. Reg.-Gen.,’ p. ix. 868 A report, in ‘Nya Pressen,’ 1887, no. 339, of a lecture delivered by Professor Vallis at Helsingfors. 869 ‘Forty-ninth Ann. Rep. Reg.-Gen.,’ p. viii. 870 Haushofer, loc. cit. pp. 404, et seq. 871 Ploss, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 384. 872 ‘Why is Single Life becoming more General?’ in ‘The Nation,’ vol. vi. p. 190. 873 Walker, ‘Beauty,’ pp. 34, et seq. 874 Forel, ‘Les Fourmis de la Suisse,’ quoted in Darwin’s ‘Life and Letters,’ vol. iii. p. 191. 875 Ribot, loc. cit. p. 150. 876 ‘The Nation,’ vol. vi. p. 191. 877 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 367. 878 Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ p. 181. 879 Cook, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 164. 880 Ashe, loc. cit. p. 250. 881 Powers, loc. cit. p. 31. 882 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 113. 883 Guillemard, ‘The Cruise of the Marchesa,’ p. 389. Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. vii. p. 372. 884 Dawson, loc. cit. p. 32. Curr, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 245. 885 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 130. 886 Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Reichtswiss.,’ vol. v.p. 343. 887 v. Schroeder, ‘Die HochzeitsgebrÄuche der Esten,’ pp. 192-194. 888 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 261. 889 Egede, loc. cit. p. 143, note. 890 Seemann, ‘Mission to Viti,’ p. 191. 891 Lafitau, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 576. 892 Cf. Carver, loc. cit. p. 241 (Naudowessies); Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 345 (natives of Queensland); Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 172 (people of Radack); Schellong, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xxi. p. 18 (Papuans of Finschhafen); Riedel, loc. cit. p. 96 (Alfura of Ceram); Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 94 (Andamanese). 893 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 387. 894 Falkner, loc. cit. p. 117. 895 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 734. Waitz, vol. iv. p. 152. 896 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 291-299, 305. 897 Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 333, et seq. 898 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 307. 899 Pomponius Mela, loc. cit. book iii. ch. 6. 900 Monier Williams, ‘Buddhism,’ pp. 88, 99. 901 Rhys Davids, ‘Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion,’ p. 148. 902 Oldenberg, ‘Buddha,’ pp. 350, et seq. 903 Wilson, loc. cit. p. 213. 904 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 18. 905 Monier Williams, ‘Buddhism,’ p. 88. 906 Dubois, loc. cit. pp. 99, et seq. 907 Josephus, ‘???da??? ???s??,’ book ii. ch. 8, § 2. Solinus, loc. cit. ch. xxxv. §§ 9, et seq. 908 St. Paul, ‘1 Corinthians,’ ch. vii. v. 38. 909 Ibid., ch. vii. vv. 1, 2, 9. 910 Mayer, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 289, et seq. 911 Lecky, ‘History of European Morals,’ vol. ii. p. 122. Milman, ‘History of Latin Christianity,’ vol. i.p. 152. 912 Gibbon, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 318, et seq. 913 Draper, ‘History of the Intellectual Development of Europe,’ vol. i. p. 415. 914 Fulton, loc. cit. pp. 140, 142. 915 Lea, ‘Sacerdotal Celibacy in the Christian Church,’ p. 66. 916 Gieseler, ‘Text-Book of Ecclesiastical History,’ vol. ii. p. 275. 917 Sachs, ‘Text-Book of Botany,’ p. 897. 918 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i. pp. 343, et seq. 919 Ibid., vol. i.p. 343. 920 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 344. 921 ‘Sir R. Heron states that with pea-fowl, the first advances are always made by the female; something of the same kind takes place, according to Audubon, with the older females of the wild turkey’ (ibid., vol. ii. p. 134). 922 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 86. 923 Rengger, loc. cit. p. 11. 924 Moore, loc. cit. p. 261. 925 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 64. Cf. ibid., pp. 142, 233 (BhÚiyas, MuÁsÍs). 926 Batchelor, loc. cit. p. 324. 927 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 127. 928 Shooter, ‘The Kafirs of Natal,’ p. 52. 929 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 457. 930 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i. pp. 459, 501. 931 Haeckel, ‘Generelle Morphologie,’ vol. ii. p. 244. 932 Hearne, loc. cit. pp. 104, et seq. 933 Richardson, loc. cit. v. ii. pp. 24, et seq. Cf. Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. 145; Ross, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 310. 934 Hooper, loc. cit. p. 303. Cf. Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 319 (Greenlanders). 935 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 224. Powers, loc. cit. pp. 221, et seq. 936 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 132. 937 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 94. 938 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 412, 509. 939 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 195. Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 176, note 1. Salvado, ‘MÉmoires,’ p. 279. 940 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 213. 941 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 184. 942 Dawson, loc. cit. p. 36. Cf. Ridley, ‘The Aborigines of Australia,’ p. 6. 943 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 601. 944 Dieffenbach, ‘Travels in New Zealand,’ vol. ii. pp. 36, et seq. 945 Taylor, loc. cit. p. 337. 946 Pritchard, loc. cit. pp. 55, 269. 947 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 72. 948 Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 48. 949 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. iii. p. 352. 950 Steller, loc. cit. p. 348. Cf. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 738 (Tanguts). 951 Samuelson, ‘India, Past and Present,’ p. 48. 952 Pausanias, loc. cit. book iii. ch. 12. 953 Pindar, ‘????a,’ ode ix. v. 117. 954 Pausanias, book iii. ch. 12. 955 Homer’s ‘Odyssey,’ Books xxi.-xxiv. (edited by Hamilton), Preface, p. 5. 956 Krauss, loc. cit. pp. 163, et seq. 957 Young, ‘Tour in Ireland,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. iii. p. 860. 958 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 257. 959 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 174. Cf. Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 445 (Bushmans). 960 Hooper, loc. cit. p. 390. 961 Powers, loc. cit. pp. 238, et seq. 962 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. pp. 601, et seq. 963 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 90. 964 Klemm, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 207. 965 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 64. 966 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 443. 967 Hawkesworth, ‘Voyages,’ vol. ii. p. 55. 968 Eyre, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 209. 969 Spencer, vol. i.p. 64. 970 Sherwill, ‘Tour through the RÁjmahal Hills,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xx. p. 584. 971 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 17. 972 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 62. 973 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. ii. p. 514. Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 577. 974 v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 115. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 351. Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 514. 975 Finsch, loc. cit. p. 39. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 26. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 569, et seq. 976 Carver, loc. cit. p. 227. 977 v. Martius, vol. i. pp. 319, 620. 978 Johnston, loc. cit. pp. 429, et seq. 979 Beechey, ‘Voyage to the Pacific,’ vol. i.p. 38. For the artificial enlargement of the ear-lobe, see also Park Harrison, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. pp. 190-198. 980 Crawford, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 216, et seq. 981 Sturt, ‘Expedition into Central Australia,’ vol. ii. pp. 9, 61. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 570. 982 Holub, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 259. 983 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 301. 984 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 308. 985 Baker, ‘The Albert N’yanza,’ vol. i.p. 198. 986 Hearne, loc. cit. p. 306, note. 987 Catlin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 23. 988 Brett, loc. cit. p. 343. King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 138. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 271. Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 483. 989 Holub, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 351. 990 Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. i.p. 185. 991 Carver, loc. cit. p. 227. 992 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 230. 993 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 738. 994 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 356. 995 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 316. LabillardiÈre, ‘Voyage in Search of La PÉrouse,’ vol. ii. p. 266. 996 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 369. 997 Lacassagne, ‘Les tatouages,’ p.9. CÆsar, loc. cit. book v. ch. 14. Herodotus, loc. cit. book v. ch. 6. 998 Beechey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 39. 999 Parkyns, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 29. 1000 Agassiz, ‘Journey in Brazil,’ p. 320. 1001 Freycinet, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 580. Cf. Beechey, vol. i.p. 140. 1002 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 210. 1003 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 310. 1004 Curr, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 475. 1005 Williams and Calvert, ‘Fiji and the Fijians,’ p. 137. 1006 Gason, ‘The Manners and Customs of the Dieyerie Tribe,’ in Wood’s, ‘The Native Tribes of South Australia,’ p. 267. 1007 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. pp. 317, et seq. 1008 Squier, in ‘Trans. American Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i.p. 129. 1009 Williams and Calvert, loc. cit. p. 138. Pritchard, loc. cit. p. 391. Seeman, ‘Viti,’ p. 113. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 355. 1010 Wilkes, vol. v.p. 88. v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 15. 1011 Egede, loc. cit. p. 132, et seq. NordenskiÖld, ‘GrÖnland,’ p. 468. 1012 ‘A totem is a class of material objects which a savage regards with superstitious respect, believing that there exists between him and every member of the class an intimate and altogether special relation’ (Frazer, loc. cit. p. 1). 1013 Frazer, loc. cit. pp. 26-30. 1014 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 36-39. 1015 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 38. 1016 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. ii. p. 72. 1017 Colquhoun, loc. cit. p. 213. 1018 Keyser, ‘Our Cruise to New Guinea,’ pp. 44, et seq. 1019 Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. cxx. Powers, loc. cit. p. 109. Beechey, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 401. Agassiz, loc. cit. p. 318. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 484, 501, &c. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 434. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 38. 1020 Quoted by Heriot, loc. cit. p. 293, note. 1021 Spencer, vol. ii. pp. 183-186. 1022 Cf. v. Barth, ‘Ostafrika,’ p. 32. 1023 v. Martius, vol. i. pp. 321, 738. ‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 89. Bonwick, ‘Daily Life of the Tasmanians,’ p. 24. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 159. Heriot, p. 305. 1024 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 237, et seq. 1025 Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 249, et seq. 1026 Colquhoun, loc. cit. p. 76. 1027 Meyer, loc. cit. p. 189. 1028 Anderson, ‘Notes of Travel in Fiji and New Caledonia,’ p. 136. 1029 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 275. 1030 Armstrong, loc. cit. p. 194. Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 243. Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 301. Dixon, loc. cit. p. 187. v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 115. Holmberg says expressly that the men undergo this operation to make themselves agreeable to the young women. 1031 Franklin, ‘Second Expedition,’ p. 118. Holub, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 35. Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. ii. p. 225. 1032 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. pp. 250, 365. 1033 v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 224. ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 317. Powell, ‘Wanderings in a Wild Country,’ p. 254. 1034 Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 533. Chapman, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 285. Holub, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 328. Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 62. ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 16. Andersson, loc. cit. p. 226. Ploss, ‘Das Kind,’ vol. ii. p. 264. Breton, loc. cit. p. 233. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. pp. 786, et seq. 1035 Man, ‘Account of the Nicobar Islanders,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 441. 1036 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 215, et seq. 1037 Tuckey, ‘Expedition to Explore the River Zaire,’ pp. 80, et seq. 1038 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 211. 1039 Cf. Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 493; v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 197. 1040 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 240. 1041 Riedel, loc. cit. p. 292. 1042 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 288. 1043 Moseley, ‘On the Inhabitants of the Admiralty Islands,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. p. 400. Short hair is often regarded as a symbol of chastity. Every Buddhist ‘novice’—that is, a person admitted to the first degree of monkhood—has to cut off his hair, in order to prove that ‘he is ready to give up the most beautiful and highly-prized of all his ornaments for the sake of a religious life’ (Monier Williams, ‘Buddhism,’ p. 306); and, in Mexico, the religious virgins, as also men who decided upon a life of chastity, had their hair cut (Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 333; Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 251, et seq.). A similar idea probably underlies the custom which requires that women, when they marry, shall be deprived of their hair, the husband trying in this way to preserve the fidelity of his wife (see Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 354; Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 567; Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 286; de Rubruquis, loc. cit. p. 32; Heriot, loc. cit. p. 335); whilst many men in New Guinea and Bornu deprive their wives of all ornaments (‘Ymer,’ vol. vi. p. 154; Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. iii. p. 31, note). Even at Sparta and Athens, as well as among the Anglo-Saxons, the bride or newly-married wife had her hair cut short (Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 290). Mr. Wright suggests (‘Womankind in Western Europe,’ p. 68) that, among the people last mentioned, this was done in order to show that she had accepted a position of servitude towards her husband, as the cutting of hair in either sex indicated slavery. But that this explanation cannot be applied to every case of hair-cutting appears from the fact, reported by Heriot (loc. cit. p. 333), that, among the Tlascalans, it was customary to shave the head of a newly-married couple, both man and woman, ‘to denote that all youthful sports ought in that state to be abandoned.' 1044 Sparrman, ‘Voyage to the Cape of Good Hope,’ vol. ii. p. 80. 1045 Bonwick, ‘Daily Life of the Tasmanians,’ pp. 25, et seq. 1046 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 217. 1047 Angas, ‘South Australia Illustrated,’ no. 22. 1048 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 28. 1049 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 10, 127, et seq. (Charruas and Payaguas). Ploss, ‘Das Kind,’ vol. ii. p. 259 (ManÁos and Tamayos). ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 45 (Zulus); &c. 1050 Reade, loc. cit. p. 246. 1051 Nieuhoff, ‘Voyages and Travels into Brazil,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xiv. p. 878. 1052 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 98. 1053 Armstrong, loc. cit. p. 195. Bancroft, vol. i.p. 47. 1054 Moore, loc. cit. p. 276. 1055 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 217. 1056 Dobrizhoffer, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 20. 1057 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 97. 1058 Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 148. 1059 Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 189. 1060 Schadenberg, ‘Die Negritos der Philippinen,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 136. 1061 Fijians (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 355), Samoans (ibid., vol. ii. p. 141), Kingsmill Islanders (ibid., vol. v.p. 103), Tahitians (Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 262), natives of Eimeo (Montgomery, ‘Journal of Voyages and Travels,’ vol. i.p. 127), Tongans (Pritchard, loc. cit. p. 393), Nukahivans (v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 118), Gambier Islanders (Beechey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 139). 1062 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 739, 785, 787. 1063 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 39. Cf. Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 314 (New Zealanders). 1064 Mauch, ‘Reisen im Inneren von SÜd-Afrika,’ in Petermann’s ‘Mittheilungen,’ ErgÄnzungsband viii. no. 37, pp. 38, et seq. 1065 Taylor, loc. cit. p. 321. 1066 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 88. 1067 Pritchard, loc. cit. pp. 144, et seq. 1068 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 262 (Tahiti). Montgomery, loc. cit. vol i.p. 127 (Eimeo). Angas, ‘Polynesia,’ p. 328 (Marquesas Islands). Idem, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 314 (New Zealand). Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 61 (Burma). Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 331 (Andaman Islands). St. John, ‘The Ainos,’ ibid., vol. ii. p. 249 (Ainos of Yesso). 1069 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 67. 1070 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol i.p. 72. 1071 Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 286. 1072 Barrington, ‘The History of New South Wales,’ p. 11. 1073 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 402. 1074 Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. pp. 308, et seq. 1075 Chalmers, loc. cit. p. 166. 1076 Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 170. 1077 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 90. Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 266. 1078 Ellis, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 262, et seq. 1079 Wundt, ‘Ethik,’ p. 93. 1080 Cf. Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 71; Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 170; Dalton, loc. cit. p. 251; Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 331. 1081 Beechey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 139. Yate, loc. cit. pp. 147, et seq. 1082 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 14, et seq. 1083 Darwin, ‘Journal of Researches,’ pp. 481, et seq. Beechey, vol. i.p. 39. 1084 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 573. Jones, ‘The Grammar of Ornament,’ p. 13, note. Cf. the tattooed circle round the mouth of the JurÍs (Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 510) and the female Arecunas (Brett, loc. cit. p. 268); the rings round the eyes of the women in the Admiralty Islands (Moseley, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. p. 401), of the Australians (Angas, ‘South Australia Illustrated’), and the Patagonians (King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 135); the cicatrices like parallel ridges upon the chest, thighs, and shoulders of the Tasmanians (Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ p. 24); and the tattoos on the hands and feet of Egyptian women (Lane, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 54, 57). 1085 After this chapter had been prepared for the press, I became acquainted with Herr Joest’s magnificent work on tattooing (‘TÄtowiren, Narbenzeichnen und KÖrperbemalen’). Herr Joest, who is an experienced ethnographer, has come to the same conclusion as myself regarding the origin of this practice. He says that ‘der hauptsÄchliche Trieb, welcher beide Geschlechter bewegt, sich zu tÄtowiren, der ist, ihre Reize in den Augen des andern Geschlechts zu erhÖhen’ (p. 56). He also observes:—‘Je weniger sich ein Mensch bekleidet, desto mehr tÄtowirt er sich, und je mehr er sich bekleidet, desto weniger thut er letzteres’ (pp. 56, et seq.). 1086 Mr. Walker observes (‘Beauty,’ p. 41) that ‘an essential condition of all excitement and action in animal bodies, is a greater or less degree of novelty in the objects impressing them.' 1087 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 305. 1088 Dobrizhoffer, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 15. 1089 Schweinfurth, ‘Im Herzen von Afrika,’ vol. ii. pp. 7, et seq. 1090 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. ii. p. 475. 1091 Franklin, ‘Second Expedition,’ p. 197 (cf. Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. 126). Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 235. 1092 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 281. Cf. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 597. 1093 d’Albertis, ‘New Guinea,’ vol. i.p. 200. Cf. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 570. 1094 Moseley, ‘Notes by a Naturalist on the Challenger,’ p. 461. Idem, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. p. 399. Romilly, loc. cit. p. 115. 1095 Campbell, ‘A Year in the New Hebrides,’ p. 145. Strauch, ‘Bemerkungen Über Neu-Guinea,’ &c., in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. ix. p. 43. Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 105. 1096 Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 735. Bonwick, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 204. Breton, loc. cit. pp. 210, et seq. 1097 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 372, et seq. Lubbock, loc. cit. p. 54. Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 219. Mackenzie, loc. cit. pp. 126, et seq. 1098 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 35. 1099 Brett, loc. cit. p. 411. 1100 d’Albertis, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 415, 418. Strauch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. ix. pp. 43, 62. 1101 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 120, 575, 626. 1102 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 267. Williams and Calvert, loc. cit. p. 145. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 332. 1103 Elliott, ‘Report on the Seal Islands of Alaska,’ pp. 21, et seq. 1104 Beechey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 138. 1105 Bove, loc. cit. p. 129. Proyart, loc. cit. p. 575. 1106 Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. xciv. Cf. Harmon, loc. cit. pp. 319, et seq. 1107 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 290-295. 1108 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 275. 1109 Tylor, ‘Anthropology,’ p. 243. 1110 Moseley, loc. cit. p. 412. 1111 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 121. 1112 Wundt, loc. cit. p. 127. 1113 Baegert, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1863, p. 361. 1114 Powers, loc. cit. p. 348. 1115 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 210. Ling Roth, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 275. Waitz, vol. iv. p. 193, note. v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 230. Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 513. v. SchÜtz-Holzhausen, loc. cit. p. 179. Maximilian zu Wied-Neuwied, ‘Travels in Brazil,’ p. 59. Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 83. 1116 Charruas, Pampas, Tupis, Payaguas (Azara, vol. ii. pp. 12, 42, 74, 126), and often the Nutkas (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 182) and Patwin (Powers, p. 220). 1117 Aborigines of Trinidad (Columbus, ‘The History of the Life and Actions of Christopher Colon,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xii. p. 101), MundrucÜs, MaurauÁs, JurÍs (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 388, 427, 504), UaupÉs, and CuretÚs (Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ pp. 492, 509). 1118 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 499. King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 23. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 121. Bove, loc. cit. p. 129. Armstrong, loc. cit. p. 33. Darwin, ‘Journal of Researches,’ p. 228. 1119 Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. pp. 391, et seq. Breton, loc. cit. pp. 211, et seq. LabillardiÈre, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 27, et seq. Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ &c., pp. 104, et seq. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 737. Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 281, note. Sir G. Grey remarks that he never saw a cloak or covering worn north of lat. 29° (Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 93). 1120 Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ pp. 24, 104. Breton, p. 398. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 812. 1121 Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 183. 1122 Forbes, ‘The Kubus of Sumatra,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv. p. 122. 1123 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. iii. p.5. 1124 LabillardiÈre, vol. ii. pp. 287, 289. 1125 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 274. 1126 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 277; vol. v.p. 46 (Drummond’s Island). Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 215, note (Pelew Islands). 1127 Nukahiva (Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 85), Pelli of the Caroline Group (Kotzebue, vol. iii. p. 191), New Britain (Powell, loc. cit. p. 250. d’Albertis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 255), the Duke of York Group (Powell, pp. 74, et seq.), many parts of New Guinea and neighbouring islands (d’Albertis, vol. ii. p. 380. Earl, loc. cit. p. 48. Gill, ‘Life in the Southern Isles,’ p. 203. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 568). 1128 Gill, p. 230. 1129 Forbes, ‘Tribes of Timor,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 406. 1130 Man, ibid., vol. xii. p. 330. 1131 Johnston, loc. cit. p. 433. 1132 Ibid., p. 437. Holub, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 299. 1133 Kretzschmar, ‘SÜdafrikanische Skizzen,’ p. 225. Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 78. Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 276. 1134 MÖller, Pagels, and Gleerup, ‘Tre År i Kongo,’ vol. i.p. 15. 1135 Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 305. 1136 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 53. 1137 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. 36. 1138 Wilson and Felkin, vol. ii. p. 96. 1139 Schweinfurth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 322. 1140 Ibid., vol. i.p. 163. 1141 Cameron, ‘Across Africa,’ vol. i. pp. 285, et seq. 1142 Last, in ‘Proceed. Royal Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. v.p. 530. 1143 Johnston, p. 413, note. 1144 Bontier and Le Verrier, loc. cit. pp. 138, 139, xxxv. 1145 Wundt, loc. cit. p. 127. 1146 Powers, loc. cit. p. 233. 1147 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 446. 1148 Heriot, loc. cit. pp. 306, et seq. 1149 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 642; 702, 703, note; 579. 1150 v. Spix and v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 76. 1151 Macgillivray, ‘The Voyage of Rattlesnake,’ vol. i.p. 146. 1152 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 85. 1153 Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. pp. 16, et seq. Idem, ‘Journal of a Voyage round the World,’ p. 44. 1154 Seemann, ‘Viti,’ p. 168. 1155 Cheyne, loc. cit. p. 144. 1156 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 383. 1157 New Caledonia, New Hebrides, Ulaua (Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 561, 565). 1158 Torres Islands, New Guinea (Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 567). 1159 Admiralty Islands (LabillardiÈre, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 279, et seq. Moseley, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. pp. 397, et seq.). 1160 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 52. 1161 Godwin-Austen, ‘Garo Hill Tribes,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. p. 394. 1162 MÖller, Pagels, and Gleerup, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 169. 1163 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 155. 1164 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 276, et seq. 1165 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 524. 1166 ‘Nur das Verborgene reizt,’ says Dr. Zimmermann (loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 84), ‘und Diejenigen welche auf den Gesellschafts-Inseln die verhÜllende Kleidung und den heimlichen Genuss und das Verbergen der natÜrlichen GefÜhle einfÜhrten, haben gewiss die Sitten nicht verbessert.' 1167 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 383. 1168 Hunter, ‘Historical Journal,’ &c., p. 477. 1169 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 296. 1170 Rowley, loc. cit. p. 146. 1171 Snow, ‘Two Years’ Cruise off Tierra del Fuego,‘ vol. ii. p. 51. 1172 Speaking of the naked women of New Ireland, he says (loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 103, et seq.), ‘In der That muss ich auch sagen, dass nach kurzer Zeit, nach einer durchaus nicht lange dauernden GewÖhnung an diese Sache, man gar nichts anstÖssiges mehr in diesem gÄnzlichen Mangel an Kleidung findet.... Ich habe sehr hÄufig bemerkt, dass ein Kleid irgend einer Dame, welches nicht nach der allgemeinen Mode geschnitten war, mir stÄrker auffiel als mir der gÄnzliche Mangel an Bekleidung der Eingeborenen der tropischen Inseln aufgefallen ist; dazu kommt noch, dass die Leute dem Beobachter durchaus keine Veranlassung geben, an etwas unschickliches zu denken. Eine EuropaËrin, wenn sie auf eine so glÜckliche Insel verschlagen und ihrer Kleidung beraubt wÄre, wÜrde selbst nach jahrelangem Aufenthalt in solchen Regionen sich die HÄnde vor die Brust oder irgend einen anderen Theil halten und gerade durch dies Verbergenwollen wÜrde sie die Aufmerksamkeit gegen das zu Verbergende lenken.' 1173 Reade, loc. cit. p. 546. 1174 Johnston, loc. cit. p. 437. 1175 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 349. 1176 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 230, 276, et seq. 1177 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 154. 1178 Lewin, loc. cit. pp. 116, et seq. 1179 Gumilla, ‘Histoire naturelle, civile et gÉographique de l’Orenoque,’ vol. i. pp. 188, et seq. 1180 v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 230. 1181 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 357. 1182 Quoted by Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 174. 1183 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. ii. pp. 467, et seq. 1184 Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 392. 1185 Barrington, loc. cit. pp. 23, et seq. 1186 Freycinet, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 748. 1187 Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. pp. 286; 281, note. 1188 Snow, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 46. 1189 Macgillivray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 49; vol. ii. pp. 19, et seq. 1190 Southey, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 240, et seq. Cf v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 111. 1191 Taplin, loc. cit. p. 15. Cf. Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 275. 1192 Curr, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 19. 1193 Wanyoro (Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 49; ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 82), New Caledonians (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 342), Papuans of Dorey (Finsch, loc. cit. p. 96), aborigines of Hayti (Ling Roth, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 275), Fuegians (Snow, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 46). 1194 Wilson and Felkin, vol. ii. p. 62. Cf. ibid., vol. ii. p. 97 (Baris); Shooter, loc. cit. p. 6 (Kafirs). 1195 Macgillivray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 263. 1196 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 355. Seemann, ‘Viti,’ p. 351. 1197 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 280. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 562. Cf. Dalton, loc. cit. p. 27 (Abors). 1198 Tacullies (Harmon, loc. cit. p. 305), UaupÉs (Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 281), OrÁons (Dalton, loc. cit. p. 250), Ysabel Islanders (Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 604), Samoans (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 121), Papuans of Humboldt Bay (Finsch, loc. cit. p. 139). As to the indecent character of savage dances, see, for instance, Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 754 (Australians); Turner, p. 95 (Samoans); Ehrenreich, ‘Ueber die Botocudos,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xix. p. 33 (Botocudos); Powers, loc. cit. p. 57 (Californians). 1199 Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ pp. 27, 38. 1200 Curr, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 472. 1201 Wallace, pp. 281, 493. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 597. 1202 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 235. 1203 Casalis, loc. cit. p. 269. 1204 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 42. Riedel, loc. cit. p. 463. Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 123. MÖller, Pagels, and Gleerup, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 128. Reade, loc. cit. pp. 45, 245, et seq. Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 221. Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 36. CailliÉ, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 351. ‘Globus,’ vol. xli. p. 237. 1205 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i. pp. 98, et seq. Cf. Bonney, ‘The Aborigines of the River Darling,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 127; Cameron, ibid., vol. xiv. p. 358; Bonwick, ‘The Australian Natives,’ ibid., vol. xvi. p. 209. 1206 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 300. 1207 v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 10. 1208 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 41. 1209 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. ii. p. 473. Cf. MÖller, Pagels, and Gleerup, vol. i.p. 269. 1210 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 207. 1211 Ibid., p. 192. 1212 Stricker, ‘Der Fuss der Chinesinnen,’ in ‘Archiv fÜr Anthropologie,’ vol. iv. p. 243. 1213 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ pp. 477, et seq. 1214 Man, loc. cit. pp. 80, et seq. 1215 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 289. Cf. Hearne, loc. cit. pp. 314, et seq. 1216 Moore, loc. cit. pp. 259, et seq. Cf. Buchanan, loc. cit. p. 323. 1217 Moseley, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. pp. 397, et seq. LabillardiÈre, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 279, et seq. 1218 Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 365. Dr. Brown, however, thinks that this custom serves another end. 1219 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 211. 1220 Atooi (Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. pp. 192, 232), Tonga (Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 266), Samoa (Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 34), Vaitupu (ibid., vol. v. pt ii. p. 188), Fiji (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol iii. p. 355). The natives of PonapÉ have their lower extremities most richly tattooed, and, to quote Dr. Finsch (‘Die Bewohner von PonapÉ,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. pp. 311, 314), ‘als Bassis und Mittelpunkt der Zeichnung dieser Partien ist ein viereckiges Feld zu betrachten, welches die Gegend des Venusberges bedeckt und von der Behaarung unmittelbar beginnend, etwas Über denselben hinausreicht.' 1221 Riedel, loc. cit. p. 293. Cf. Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 189, et seq. (Papuans). 1222 Andree, ‘Die Beschneidung,’ in ‘Archiv fÜr Anthropologie,’ vol. xiii. p. 74. The following statements, when other references are not given, are borrowed from this paper. 1223 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 217. 1224 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 560, et seq. 1225 Lafitau, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 412. 1226 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 582, note. 1227 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 517. 1228 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 958. 1229 Parkyns, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 38. 1230 Andree, in ‘Archiv f. Anthr.,’ vol. xiii. p. 58. 1231 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. ii. p. 216. 1232 Andree, in ‘Archiv f. Anthr.,’ vol. xiii. p. 75. Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. xx. 1233 See, for instance, Burton, ‘Notes on the Dahoman,’ in ‘Memoirs Read before the Anthr. Soc. of London,’ vol. i.p. 318; Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. pp. 41, 784; MÜller,‘Allgemeine Ethnographie,’ pp. 337, et seq.; Reade, loc. cit. pp. 539, et seq.; Modigliani, loc. cit. p. 702. 1234 Andree, in ‘Archiv f. Anthr.,’ vol. xiii. p. 78. 1235 Sturt, loc. cit. vol ii. p. 140. 1236 Spencer, ‘Sociology,’ vol. ii. p. 67. 1237 Galton, ‘The Narrative of an Explorer in Tropical South Africa,’ pp. 192, et seq. Andersson, loc. cit. p. 465. 1238 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 160. Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 39. 1239 Spencer, vol. ii. p. 67. 1240 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 60. Cf. Eyre, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 315; Oldfield, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 256. 1241 Cf. Lane, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 320 (Copts); Sibree, loc. cit. p. 217 (people of Madagascar); Maclean, loc. cit. p. 157 (Kafirs). 1242 Andree, in ‘Archiv f. Anthr.,’ vol. xiii. p. 75. 1243 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 65, note. 1244 Andree, in ‘Archiv f. Anthr.,’ vol. xiii. p. 77. 1245 Maclean, loc. cit. p. 157. 1246 Cook, ‘Journal of a Voyage,’ p. 106. 1247 Atooi, of the Sandwich Islands (idem, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 233), Nukahiva (Lisiansky, loc. cit. pp. 85, et seq.), &c. (Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 28, 565, 576). 1248 ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1885, p. 96. 1249 The same kind of mutilation, spoken of by Mr. Curr as ‘the terrible rite,’ occurs among several other Australian tribes (Curr, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 75; Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 411). 1250 SchÜrmann, loc. cit. p. 231. 1251 Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 316. 1252 Abyssinians (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 504), Barea (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 528), Negroes of Benin and Sierra Leone (Bosman, loc. cit. p. 526. Griffith, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 308, et seq.), Mandingoes (Waitz, vol. ii. p. 111), Bechuanas (Holub, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 398), Kafirs (v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 218), Malays of Java (Ploss, ‘Das Weib,’ vol. i.p. 146), Indians of Peru (ibid., vol. i.p. 146). 1253 Ploss, vol. i.p. 143. 1254 Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 316. 1255 Macgillivray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 263. 1256 Forster, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 383. 1257 v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 12, et seq. 1258 Lubbock, ‘Prehistoric Times,’ p. 477. 1259 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 267. 1260 Letourneau, ‘Sociology,’ p. 59. 1261 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 301. 1262 Ebers, ‘Durch Gosen zum Sinai,’ p. 45. 1263 ‘Dr. E. Vogel’s Reise nach Central-Afrika,’ in Petermann’s ‘Mittheilungen aus Justus Perthes’ geographischer Anstalt,‘ 1857, p. 138. 1264 Peschel, loc. cit. p. 172. 1265 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 209. 1266 La PÉrouse, ‘Voyage round the World,’ vol ii. p. 142. 1267 Lisiansky, loc. cit. pp. 85, et seq. 1268 Moseley, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. p. 398. Cf. LabillardiÈre, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 279, et seq. 1269 Forbes, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv. pp. 125, et seq. 1270 Bain, ‘The Emotions and the Will,’ p. 211. 1271 Fries, loc. cit. p. 109. 1272 Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 305. 1273 Peschel, loc. cit. p. 171. 1274 Ibid., p. 171. 1275 Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 364, et seq. Dall, loc. cit. pp. 139, 397. 1276 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 286. 1277 Kane, ‘Arctic Explorations,’ vol ii. p. 114. On the East Coast of Greenland, according to Dr. Nansen (loc. cit. vol. i.p. 338; vol. ii. p. 277), the Eskimo, men and women alike, when indoors, are completely naked with the exception of the ‘nÂtit,’ a narrow band about the loins, of dimensions ‘so extremely small as to make it practically invisible to the stranger’s inexperienced eye.’ Many, indeed, assume some covering when Europeans enter their dwellings, but Dr. Nansen thinks this must be rather from affectation, and a desire to please their visitors, than from any real feeling of modesty (ibid., vol. ii. pp. 277, et seq.). 1278 Peschel, loc. cit. p. 175. 1279 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. pp. 330, et seq. 1280 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 356. 1281 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 86. 1282 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 99. 1283 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 105. 1284 Semper, ‘Die Palau-Inseln,’ p. 68. 1285 Since the appearance of the first edition of this work I have become acquainted with Mr. Johnston’s book on ‘The River Congo,’ where he says (p. 418), ‘Clothing was first adopted as a means of decoration rather than from motives of decency. The private parts were first adorned with the appendages that were afterwards used by a dawning sense of modesty to conceal them.' 1286 Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 263. For early engagements among other Eskimo tribes, see Hall, ‘Arctic Researches,’ p. 567; ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 698; Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 146; Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 308. 1287 Richardson, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 23. Mackenzie, loc. cit. p. cxxiii. 1288 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 276, et seq. (Inland Columbians). Mayne, ‘Four Years in British Columbia and Vancouver Island,’ p. 276 (Nutkas). 1289 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 322. 1290 Falkner, loc. cit. p. 124. King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 152, et seq. 1291 Shoshones (Lewis and Clarke, ‘Travels to the Source of the Missouri River,’ p. 307), Arawaks (Schomburgk, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 460. Brett, loc. cit. pp. 99, et seq.), MacusÍs (v. Martius, vol. i.p. 645). 1292 Holub, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 314. 1293 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 424. 1294 Burchell, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 58, 564. Beecham, ‘Ashantee and the Gold Coast,’ p. 126. 1295 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol vi. p. 772. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 195. Sturt, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 284, et seq. Bonney, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. pp. 129, 301. Cameron, ibid., vol. xiv. p. 352. 1296 Finsch, loc. cit. pp. 102, 116. Guillemard, loc. cit. p. 389. 1297 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 314. 1298 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i. pp. 267, 270. 1299 In the Kingsmill Islands (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 102), Fiji (ibid., vol. iii. p. 92), Hudson’s Island (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 290), Nukahiva (Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 127), Solomon Islands (Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 90), New Caledonia (Turner, p. 340), New Britain (Powell, loc. cit. p. 85), Java (‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 569), Buru (Riedel, loc. cit. p. 21), and among the Bataks, Sundanese, and other Malay peoples (Hickson, loc. cit. p. 270. Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i. pp. 161-167). 1300 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 167. 1301 VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 109. 1302 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 144. 1303 Hooper, loc. cit. p. 209. 1304 Andree, loc. cit. p. 141. 1305 Kutchin (Hardisty, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 312), Chippewas (Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 157), Iroquois (Morgan, ‘League of the Iroquois,’ p. 320), Simoos (Bovallius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 301). 1306 Guarayos (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 217), Hos (Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 201, et seq.), Maoris (Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 125), Fijians (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 91). 1307 See ante, p. 40. 1308 Forbes, ‘On the Ethnology of Timor-laut,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 11. 1309 Oldfield, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 248. 1310 Schoolcraft, ‘The Indian in his Wigwam,’ p. 72. Cf. Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 120; Adair, loc. cit. p. 141. 1311 Buchanan, loc. cit. p. 184. 1312 Sauer, loc. cit. p. 177. Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 314. Macfie, ‘Vancouver Island and British Columbia,’ p. 447. Wilkes, vol. iv. p. 457 (Indians of the Interior of Oregon). 1313 Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 157, et seq. 1314 Petroff, loc. cit. p. 158. 1315 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 269. 1316 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 549, note 206. 1317 Shawanese (Ashe, loc. cit. p. 249), Comanches (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 216), Patagonians (Musters, loc. cit. p. 186). 1318 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 92. 1319 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 91. 1320 Bridges, in ‘A Voice for South America,’ vol. xiii. p. 184. Cf. King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 182. 1321 Fries, loc. cit. p. 111 (Greenlanders). Brett, loc. cit. p. 354 (Caribs). Dobrizhoffer, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 207 (Abipones). King and Fitzroy, vol. ii. p. 153 (Patagonians). 1322 Hannon, loc. cit. p. 341 (Blackfeet, Chippewyans, Crees, &c.). Schoolcraft, vol. v.p. 683 (Comanches). 1323 Schoolcraft, vol. iii. p. 238. 1324 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 108. 1325 Taplin, loc. cit. p. 10. 1326 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. pp. 234, 242. 1327 Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 407. Cf. Dawson, loc. cit. p. 34 (tribes of Western Victoria); Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 213 (natives of Northern Queensland). 1328 Fison and Howitt, pp. 276, 280, 289, 348-354. 1329 Taylor, loc. cit. p. 299. 1330 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 167. Cf. Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 456. 1331 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ pp. 295, et seq. 1332 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i. pp. 267, 270, et seq. Cf. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 99, et seq. 1333 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 172. Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. p. 105. 1334 Romilly, in ‘Proc. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ix. p. 10. 1335 Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol ix. p. 368. In Samoa (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ pp. 95, et seq. Cf. ibid. pp. 92, 132; Turner, ‘Nineteen Years in Polynesia,’ p. 188; Pritchard, loc. cit. pp. 135, et seq.) and the Kingsmill Islands (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 101), elopements frequently take place, and the parents, however mortified they may be, have to submit. In Fiji, according to Wilkes (vol. iii. p. 92. Cf. Pritchard, pp. 269, et seq.; Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 632), forced marriages are comparatively rare in the higher classes. 1336 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 159. 1337 Boyle, ‘Adventures among the Dyaks of Borneo,’ p. 236. Cf. Brooke, ‘Ten Years in Sarawak,’ vol. i.p. 69. 1338 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 90. 1339 Hickson, loc. cit. p. 272. 1340 Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 447, 302. 1341 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 235. Crawfurd, vol. iii. pp. 129, et seq. 1342 Colquhoun, ‘Burma and the Burmans,’ p. 12. Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 69. MacMahon, ‘Far Cathay,’ p. 275 (Indo-Burmese border tribes). 1343 Anderson, ‘Mandalay to Momien,’ p. 301. 1344 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 347. Cf. ibid., pp. 145, 146, 179, 285. 1345 Kols, Abors (Rowney, loc. cit. pp. 67, 159), Santals (ibid., p. 76. Cf. Dalton, loc. cit. p. 215; ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. xxiv.; Man, loc. cit. p. 102; Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. i. pp. 205, et seq.), Todas (Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 242. Cf. Marshall, loc. cit. p. 212). 1346 Miris, Khasias, Koch, MuÁsÍs (Dalton, pp. 29, 57, 91, 125), OrÁons (Rowney, p. 81), Kolyas (Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. pp. 358, et seq.), Butias (Cunningham, ‘Notes on Moorcroft’s Travels in Ladakh,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiii. pt. i.p. 204). 1347 Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 355 (Kaupuis). Dalton, pp. 192, 299, et seq. (Hos, Boad Kandhs). Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology, Asiatic Races,’ p. 8 (Savaras of Jeypore). 1348 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 254. 1349 Gray, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 393. 1350 v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 30. 1351 Steller, loc. cit. p. 345. 1352 Sauer, loc. cit. p. 127. 1353 v. Haxthausen, loc. cit. p. 402. 1354 Usbegs (VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 369), Kalmucks (Moore, loc. cit. p. 181), Aenezes (Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 61). 1355 Ross, loc. cit. p. 315. 1356 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 181. 1357 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 408. Cf. Reade, loc. cit. pp. 260, 390, 453, 554. 1358 Beecham, loc. cit. p. 125 (Ashantees). Soyaux, ‘Aus West-Afrika,’ pp. 152, 161 (Negroes of Loango). Merolla da Sorrento, loc. cit. p. 236 (Negroes of Sogno). Bosman, loc. cit. p. 419 (Negroes of the Gold Coast). 1359 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 61. 1360 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 103. 1361 Holub, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 293, 298. Cf. ibid., vol. ii. p. 206. 1362 Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 261. Leslie, ‘Among the Zulus and Amatongas,’ p. 194. According to other authorities, however, the Kafir girl herself is seldom or never consulted about the matter (Maclean, loc. cit. p. 69), though it generally happens that, after repeated elopements with the man of her own choice, the father gives up his original intention as to the disposal of her (Shooter, loc. cit. pp. 57, 60. Cf. v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 331, et seq.; vol. ii. p. 217). 1363 Thunberg, ‘Account of the Cape of Good Hope,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xvi. p. 141. 1364 Burchell, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 59. Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 444. Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 258. 1365 Strabo, loc. cit. book xv. ch. i.p. 699. 1366 Herodotus, loc. cit. book i. ch. 93. 1367 v. Bohlen, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 148, 367, et seq. Klemm, ‘Die Frauen,’ vol. i.p. 281. Bachofen, ‘Das Mutterrecht,’ p. 196. Grimm, loc. cit. p. 421, note *. 1368 ‘The Younger Edda,’ p. 158. 1369 Letourneau, ‘Sociology,’ p. 378. 1370 Burckhardt, loc. cit. pp. 149, et seq. 1371 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 136. The same view is taken by Mr. Howitt (ibid., p. 358). 1372 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 291. 1373 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 354. 1374 Ibid., pp. 343, 348-354. 1375 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 61. 1376 That the male children also are so disposed of appears, for instance, from v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 393 (MundrucÛs), 690 (Arawaks); Lansdell, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 225 (Gilyaks). 1377 ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 403. Cf. Guillemard, loc. cit. p. 389 (Nufoor Papuans). 1378 Ahts (Sproat, loc. cit. p. 97) and other Indians (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 103), Maravi (ibid., vol. ii. pp. 419, et seq.). 1379 Morgan, ‘League of the Iroquois,’ pp. 321, 323. 1380 Casalis, loc. cit. p. 186. 1381 KisÁns, Mundas, Santals, MÁriÁs (Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 132, 194, 215, 279), Mishmis (Rowlatt, ‘Expedition into the Mishmee Hills,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiv. pt. ii. p. 488), Bhils (Malcolm, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc.,’ vol. i.p. 83), Yoon-tha-lin Karens (Stoll, ‘Notes on the Yoon-tha-lin Karens,’ in ‘The Madras Journal of Literature and Science,’ N.S. vol. vi. pp. 61, et seq.). 1382 Dalton, p. 252 (OrÁons). 1383 Ibid., p. 132. 1384 Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. iii. p. 72. 1385 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 83. 1386 Clavigero, ‘The History of Mexico,’ vol. i.p. 331. 1387 Clavigero, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 332. 1388 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 251. 1389 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Ancient Mexicans, &c., p.3. 1390 Heriot, loc. cit. pp. 334, et seq. 1391 Bancroft, vol. ii. p. 666. 1392 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 667. Squier, in ‘Trans. American Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i.p. 127. 1393 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 207. 1394 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 739. 1395 Wells Williams, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 646. 1396 Navarette, loc. cit. p. 75. Cf. ‘The LÎ KÎ,’ book xxvii. v. 33. 1397 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 11. 1398 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 205. 1399 Ibid., vol. i.p. 189. 1400 Rein, ‘Japan,’ p. 422. 1401 Griffis, ‘The Mikado’s Empire,’ pp. 124, 147, 555. 1402 KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. pp. 117-119. 1403 AmÍr’ AlÍ, ‘The Personal Law of Mahommedans,’ p. 179. 1404 Ewald, loc. cit. p. 190. 1405 ‘Exodus,’ ch. xxi. vv. 15, 17. ‘Leviticus,’ ch. xx. v.9. 1406 ‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxi. vv. 18-21. 1407 Ewald, loc. cit. p. 188. Cf. Gans, ‘Erbrecht,’ vol. i.p. 134. 1408 Michaelis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 444. 1409 ‘Genesis,’ ch. xxiv. v. 4; ch. xxviii. vv. 1, et seq. ‘Exodus,’ ch. xxxiv. v. 16. ‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. vii. v.3. ‘Judges,’ ch. xiv. vv. 1-3. 1410 Wilkinson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 320. 1411 ‘The Precepts of Ptah-Hotep,’ ch. xlii. xxxix. Cf. ibid., ch. xliv. 1412 ‘Duodecim Tabularum Fragmenta,’ table iv. § 2. 1413 Plutarch, ‘??p?????a?,’ ch. vii. 1414 Mommsen, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 64. 1415 ‘Duodecim Tabularum Fragmenta,’ table iv. § 2. Justinian, ‘Institutiones,’ book i. title ix. § 3. 1416 Justinian, book i. title x. Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 393. Mackenzie, ‘Studies in Roman Law,’ p. 104. 1417 Mackenzie, p. 104, note 4. 1418 Fustel de Coulanges, loc. cit. p. 116. 1419 Maine, ‘Ancient Law,’ p. 138. Fustel de Coulanges, pp. 115, et seq. Hearn, loc. cit. p. 92. 1420 Justinian, book i. title ix. § 2. 1421 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ pp. 122, et seq. 1422 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. viii. v. 416. 1423 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ p. 123. 1424 Nelson, ‘View of the Hindu Law,’ pp. 56, et seq. 1425 ‘Rig-Veda SanhitÁ,’ mandala i. sÚkta lxx. v.5. 1426 Zimmer, ‘Altindisches Leben,’ pp. 327, et seq. 1427 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v. 32. Cf. Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 208. 1428 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. vv. 39-41. 1429 Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 678. 1430 v. Bohlen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 146. 1431 Spiegel, vol. iii. pp. 677, et seq. 1432 Fustel de Coulanges, loc. cit. p. 115. 1433 Maine, ‘Ancient Law,’ pp. 136, et seq. 1434 Cauvet, ‘De l’organisation de la famille À AthÈnes,’ in ‘Revue de lÉgislation,’ vol. xxiv. 1845, p. 138. 1435 Becker, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 446. Hermann-BlÜmner, ‘Lehrbuch der griechischen PrivatalterthÜmer,’ p. 261. 1436 Cauvet, in ‘Revue de lÉgislation,’ vol. xxiv. p. 147. 1437 MÜller, ‘The Doric Race,’ vol. ii. p. 298. 1438 Grimm, ‘Deutsche Rechts AlterthÜmer,’ pp. 461, 487, et seq. Weinhold, ‘Altnordisches Leben,’ p. 473. 1439 Laboulaye, ‘Recherches sur la condition civile et politique des femmes,’ p. 80. 1440 Koenigswarter, ‘Histoire de l’organisation de la famille en France,’ p. 140. 1441 Pardessus, ‘Loi Salique,’ p. 456. 1442 Koenigswarter, p. 139. 1443 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xxv. 1444 Olivecrona, ‘Om makars giftorÄtt i bo,’ p. 143. 1445 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xviii. 1446 Weinhold, ‘Die deutschen Frauen in dem Mittelalter,’ vol. i.p. 303. Wilda, ‘Das Strafrecht der Germanen,’ p. 802. Olivecrona, loc. cit. p. 48. 1447 Accurse, in the beginning of the thirteenth century, says, ‘AliÆ vero gentes quÆdam, ut servos tenent filios, ut Sclavi, aliÆ ut prorsus absolutos, ut FrancigenÆ’ (Koenigswarter, loc. cit. p. 224, note 2). 1448 Macieiowski, ‘Slavische Rechtsgeschichte,’ vol. iv. p. 404. 1449 v. Haxthausen, ‘The Russian Empire,’ vol. ii. pp. 229, et seq. 1450 Mackenzie Wallace, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 134-136. 1451 Macieiowski, vol. ii. p. 189. 1452 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ p. 244, note. 1453 Krauss, loc. cit. pp. 313, 314. 1454 Ibid., p. 320. 1455 Ewald, loc. cit. p. 190. 1456 Lichtschein, loc. cit. p. 41. 1457 AmÍr’ AlÍ, loc. cit. p. 179. 1458 Ibid., pp. 180-183. 1459 AmÍr’ AlÍ, loc. cit. pp. 179, 180, 184. 1460 Maine, ‘Ancient Law,’ p. 137. 1461 Mackenzie, ‘Roman Law,’ p. 141. Koenigswarter, loc. cit. p. 86. Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 47, et seq. 1462 Maine, ‘Ancient Law,’ p. 138. Rossbach, p. 396 1463 Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 396, 400, et seq. 1464 Koenigswarter, p. 93. 1465 Pardessus, loc. cit. p. 666. 1466 Guizot, ‘The History of Civilisation,’ vol. ii. p. 467. A Council at Orleans, in 541, also forbids ‘any one to marry a girl without the consent of her parents’ (ibid., vol. ii. p. 464). 1467 Cnut, ‘DÔmas,’ Leges Saeculares, ch. lxxiv. 1468 ‘WestgÖta-Lagen,’ Codex Recentior, Kirkyu Balker, ch. lii. Additamenta, § 8. 1469 ‘Uplands-Lagen,’ AerfdÆ BalkÆr, ch. i. § 4. 1470 NordstrÖm, ‘Svenska samhÄlls-fÖrfattningens historia,’ vol. ii. pp. 15, et seq. Wilda, loc. cit. p. 803. Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i.p. 304. According to Saxo Grammaticus (‘Historia Danica,’ book v. vol. i.p. 186), a woman was allowed to dispose of her own hand before the days of King Frotho. 1471 ‘Der Schwabenspiegel,’ Landrecht, § 55. 1472 Kraut, ‘Die Vormundschaft,’ vol. i.p. 326. 1473 Weinhold, vol. i.p. 305. 1474 Quoted in Spencer’s ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ France, p. 38. 1475 Quoted by de Ribbe, ‘Les familles et la sociÉtÉ en France avant la RÉvolution,’ p. 51. 1476 Bodin, ‘De Republica,’ book i. ch. iv. p. 31. 1477 Sully, ‘Memoirs,’ vol. v.p. 180. 1478 Koenigswarter, loc. cit. p. 231. 1479 de Goncourt, ‘La Femme au dix-huitiÈme siÈcle,’ p. 20. 1480 ‘Code Civil,’ art. 374. 1481 Ibid., art. 375-383. 1482 Ibid., art. 148. 1483 ‘Code Civil,’ art. 151. 1484 Kent, ‘Commentaries on American Law,’ lecture xxvi. 1485 Diderot and d’Alembert, ‘EncyclopÉdie,’ vol. xiii. p. 255. 1486 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 384. 1487 Nicholson, loc. cit. p.1. Cf. a criticism of ‘The Descent of Man,’ in ‘The AthenÆum,’ 1871, March 4th. 1488 Darwin, vol. ii. p. 252. 1489 MÜller, ‘The Fertilisation of Flowers,’ p. 14. 1490 Wallace, ‘Tropical Nature,’ p. 223. 1491 ‘The Colours of Plants and the Origin of the Colour-Sense,’ in ‘Tropical Nature,’ pp. 221-248. ‘Darwinism,’ ch. x. 1492 Wallace, ‘Tropical Nature,’ pp. 193-195. 1493 Ibid., p. 187. 1494 Wallace, ‘Tropical Nature,’ p. 213. 1495 Idem, ‘Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection,’ pp. 73, et seq. 1496 Ibid., pp. 259-261. 1497 Fraser, in ‘Nature,’ vol. iii. p. 489. 1498 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 485. 1499 Wallace, ‘Darwinism,’ p. 270. 1500 The GallinaceÆ, however, form an exception; though almost wholly terrestrial, they have the most pronounced sexual colours. But they are active and wander much. 1501 Wallace, ‘Tropical Nature,’ pp. 230, et seq. 1502 Gould, ‘Handbook to the Birds of Australia,’ vol. ii. p. 383. 1503 Wood, loc.cit. vol. ii. p. 257. 1504 Prejevalsky, ‘From Kulja to Lob-nor,’ pp. 92, 94. 1505 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. iii. p. 94. 1506 Gould, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 382, et seq. 1507 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 62. 1508 Burdach, ‘Physiologie,’ vol. i.p. 277. 1509 Wallace, ‘Darwinism,’ p. 284. 1510 Ibid., p. 294. 1511 Wallace, ‘Darwinism,’ p. 293. 1512 Mr. Belt (loc. cit. p. 112) has seen the female of Florisuga mellivora sitting quietly on a branch, and two males displaying their charms in front of her. ‘One would shoot up like a rocket, then suddenly expanding the snow-white tail like an inverted parachute, slowly descend in front of her, turning round gradually to show off both back and front.... The expanded white tail covered more space than all the rest of the bird, and was evidently the grand feature in the performance.' 1513 See Wallace, ‘Darwinism,’ p. 285. 1514 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i. pp. 67, 74. 1515 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. pp. 102-104. 1516 According to Professor Vogt (‘Lectures on Man,’ p. 421), the aversion between allied species in the wild state is more frequently overcome by the males than by the females; and, in crosses between wild and domesticated animals, the female generally belongs to the domesticated species or race (Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire naturelle gÉnÉrale,’ vol. iii. p. 177). 1517 Taylor, loc. cit. pp. 293, et seq. 1518 Merolla da Sorrento, loc. cit. p. 236. 1519 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 141. 1520 de Quatrefages, ‘The Human Species,’ p. 267. 1521 Peschel, loc. cit. p. 8, note 8. 1522 Nott and Gliddon, ‘Types of Mankind,’ p. 401. 1523 Kerry-Nicholls, ‘The Maori Race,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 195. 1524 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 612. 1525 LeguÉvel de Lacombe, ‘Voyage À Madagascar,’ vol. ii. pp. 121-123. 1526 Apollodorus Atheniensis, ‘ ????????,’ book iii. ch. ix. § 2. 1527 Cf. CastrÉn, in ‘LitterÄra SoirÉer,’ 1849, p. 12. 1528 Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 216. Cf. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 363; Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 40, et seq. (Nagas of Upper Assam). 1529 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 251. 1530 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 310. 1531 Mitchell, ‘Expeditions into the Interior of Eastern Australia,’ vol. i. p. 307. 1532 v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 233. 1533 Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 161. 1534 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 373, et seq. 1535 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 213. 1536 Hume, ‘Essays,’ vol. i.p. 268. 1537 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 227. Cf. Sproat, loc. cit. p. 29; Heriot, loc. cit. p. 348. 1538 Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 280, note. 1539 Williams, ‘Narrative of Missionary Enterprises,’ p. 539. Cf. Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 81; King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 527. 1540 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 305. 1541 Prichard, ‘Researches into the Physical History of Mankind,’ vol. iv. p. 519. 1542 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 493. For other instances of different ideas of beauty, see Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 374-381. 1543 Bombet, ‘The Lives of Haydn and Mozart,’ p. 278. 1544 Spencer, ‘Essays,’ vol. ii. pp. 156, 162. Mr. Spencer’s view on this point bears a close resemblance to that of Vischer, the Hegelian, according to whom the Indo-European race alone is really beautiful (Vischer, ‘Aesthetik,’ vol. ii. pp. 175, et seq.). 1545 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Asiatic Races, p. 29. 1546 v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 174; vol. ii. p. 200. Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 390. 1547 Reade, loc. cit. p. 74. 1548 Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 186. 1549 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 454. Cf. ibid., p. 340. 1550 This rule does not hold good for all races. Speaking of the natives of King George’s Sound, Cook remarks (‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 303) that ‘the women are nearly of the same size, colour, and form, with the men; from whom it is not easy to distinguish them.’ Ellis states (‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 81) that, among the Tahitians, the difference between the stature of the male and female sex is not so great as that which often prevails in Europe. Diodorus Siculus says (loc. cit. book v. ch. xxxii. § 2) that the Gallic women were as tall as the men; and Dr. Fritsch asserts (loc. cit. p. 398) the same with reference to the Bushman women of South Africa. Among the Californian Shastika, according to Mr. Powers (loc. cit. p. 244), the women are even ‘larger and stronger-featured, and in every way more respectable,’ than the men. Cf. Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 118 (Somals). 1551 Ploss, ‘Das Weib,’ vol. i. pp. 9, et seq. 1552 v. Humboldt, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 236, et seq. 1553 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire des anomalies,’ vol. i.p. 268. Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 381. Mantegazza, ‘Rio de la Plata e Tenerife.’ Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 27. 1554 Martineau, ‘Types of Ethical Theory,’ vol. ii. p. 157. Delaunay, ‘Sur la beautÉ,’ in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. viii. p. 198. 1555 Davy, loc. cit. pp. 110, et seq. 1556 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire des anomalies,’ vol. i.p. 268. 1557 CastrÉn, ‘Nordiska resor och forskningar,’ vol. i.p. 229. 1558 Prichard, loc. cit. vol. iv. pp. 434, et seq. 1559 de Rubruquis, loc. cit. p. 33. 1560 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 543. 1561 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 38; 259, note *. 1562 v. Humboldt, ‘Political Essay on the Kingdom of New Spain,’ vol. i.p. 154, note. For other evidence for v. Humboldt’s theory, see—besides Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man’—Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. pp. 62, et seq.; vol. vi. pp. 543, 571; Idem, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 305; Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 11. 1563 Macfie, loc. cit. p. 441. Heriot, loc. cit. p. 348. Catlin, ‘Last Rambles amongst the Indians,’ pp. 145, et seq. 1564 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 81. Angas, ‘Polynesia,’ p. 272. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 27. 1565 Marsden, loc. cit. pp. 44, et seq. 1566 Andersson, loc. cit. p. 196. 1567 Welcker, ‘Die FÜsse der Chinesinnen,’ in ‘Archiv. f. Anthr.,’ vol. v. p. 149. Katscher, ‘Bilder aus dem chinesischen Leben,’ p. 51. 1568 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 377. 1569 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i. pp. 280, 304. 1570 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 305. 1571 Sibree, loc. cit. pp. 111, 210. 1572 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 23. For additional evidence, see Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 183; Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 92; Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 452, 455. 1573 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 383. 1574 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 307. 1575 Angas, ‘Polynesia,’ pp. 381, et seq. Cheyne, loc. cit. p. 105. 1576 Crawfurd, vol. i.p. 23. 1577 Marco Polo, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 291. 1578 v. Humboldt, ‘Political Essay,’ p. 141. 1579 Cf. Lawrence, ‘Lectures on Physiology,’ &c., p. 474. 1580 Godron, ‘De l’espÈce et des races,’ vol. ii. p. 310. 1581 Ibid., vol. ii. pp. 175, et seq. 1582 Quetelet, loc. cit. pp. 59, et seq. Cf. Ranke, ‘Der Mensch,’ vol. ii. pp. 77-79, 116, et seq. 1583 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 86. 1584 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire des anomalies,’ vol. i. pp. 158, 159, 182-185. Cf. Ranke, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 131-136. 1585 Lawrence, loc. cit. p. 400. 1586 Virchow, ‘Untersuchungen Über die Entwickelung des SchÄdelgrundes,’ p. 121. 1587 Spencer, ‘Essays,’ vol. ii. pp. 153, et seq. 1588 Schaaffhausen, ‘On the Primitive Form of the Human Skull,’ in ‘The Anthropological Review,’ vol. vi. p. 416. 1589 Ibid., p. 419. 1590 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ pp. 53, et seq. Cf. de Quatrefages, loc. cit. p. 254. 1591 ‘Edinburgh Medical Journal,’ vol. xxxi. pt. ii. p. 852. 1592 Joest, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1885, p. 475. Cf. Peschel, loc. cit. pp. 19, et seq. 1593 ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1885, p. 377. 1594 Cf. Pouchet, ‘The Plurality of the Human Race,’ p. 92; Virchow, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1885, p. 213. 1595 ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1885, p. 475, note. 1596 Squier, ‘The States of Central America,’ p. 56. 1597 Godron, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 276. 1598 Mayer, ‘Die Mechanik der WÄrme,’ p. 98. 1599 Tylor, ‘Anthropology,’ p. 86. 1600 de Quatrefages, loc. cit. p. 255. 1601 Rohlfs, ‘Henry NoËl von Bagermi,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 255. 1602 Reade, loc. cit. p. 526. 1603 Ibid., p. 526. 1604 Peschel, loc. cit. p. 92. 1605 Wallace, in ‘The Academy,’ vol. ii. p. 182. 1606 Quoted by Schaaffhausen, in ‘The Anthropological Review,’ vol. vi. p. 418. 1607 Cf. Schaaffhausen, ‘Darwinism and Anthropology,’ ibid., vol vi. pp. cviii., et seq. 1608 M. ElisÉe Reclus (quoted by de Quatrefages, loc. cit. p. 255) makes a curious mistake when he asserts that, at the end of a given time, whatever be their origin, all the descendants of whites or of negroes who have immigrated to America will become Redskins. 1609 Weismann, ‘Essays upon Heredity,’ &c., p. 81. 1610 Weismann, loc. cit. pp. 81, &c. Godron, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 299. 1611 Rauber, ‘Homo sapiens ferus,’ pp. 69-71. 1612 Poiret, ‘Voyage en Barbarie,’ vol. i.p. 31. 1613 Mr. Wallace (‘Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection,’ Essay ix.), so far as I know, is the only investigator who has tried to explain, by the principle of natural selection, the origin of human racial distinctions. 1614 A negro child is not born black, but becomes so after some shorter or longer time (Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 342. CailliÉ, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 351). The children of dark races are usually fairer than the adults (Darwin, vol. ii. p. 342. Moseley, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vi. p. 385). 1615 Camper, ‘Kleinere Schriften,’ vol. i.p. 44. 1616 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 384, et seq. 1617 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 383. 1618 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 316. 1619 Speaking of the Rejangs of Sumatra, Marsden says (loc. cit. p. 206), ‘The quick, and to them inexplicable, revolutions of our fashions are subject of much astonishment, and they naturally conclude that those modes can have but little intrinsic merit which we are so ready to change.' 1620 Earl, loc. cit. p. 48. 1621 Williams, ‘Missionary Enterprises,’ pp. 538, et seq. 1622 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 403, et seq. 1623 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 410. 1624 Mr. Wallace, in his ‘Contributions to the Theory of Natural Selection’ (p. 359), believes that ‘a superior intelligence has guided the development of man in a definite direction,’ and considers (pp. 348, et seq.) that the hairless condition of the skin comes under this head. Again, Mr. Belt’s experience in tropical countries has led him to the conclusion that, in such parts at least, there is one serious drawback to the advantage of having the skin covered with hair:—‘It affords cover for parasitical insects, which, if the skin were naked, might more easily be got rid of’ (Belt, loc. cit. p. 209). 1625 Collins, who wrote sixty years before ‘The Origin of Species,’ makes the following observation regarding the natives about Botany Bay and Port Jackson (New South Wales):—‘Their sight is peculiarly fine, indeed their existence very often depends upon the accuracy of it; for a short-sighted man ... would never be able to defend himself from their spears, which are thrown with amazing force and velocity’ (Collins, ‘Account of the English Colony in New South Wales,’ vol. i. pp. 553, et seq.). 1626 v. Humboldt, ‘Political Essay,’ vol. i. pp. 152, et seq. Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ pp. 113, et seq. Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 30, note; Salvado, ‘MÉmoires,’ pp. 274, et seq.; Collins, vol. i.p. 553 (Australians). Rengger, loc. cit. pp. 9, et seq. (Indians of Paraguay). 1627 Lawrence, loc. cit. pp. 422, et seq. 1628 Reade, loc. cit. pp. 545, 549. Johnston, loc. cit. p. 436. 1629 Duvernoy, art. ‘Propagation,’ in ‘Dictionnaire universel d’histoire naturelle,’ vol. x.p. 546. 1630 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire naturelle gÉnÉrale,’ vol. iii. p. 180. 1631 Ibid., vol. iii. pp. 175, 185, et seq. de Quatrefages, loc. cit. p. 67. 1632 Vogt, ‘Lectures on Man,’ p. 414. 1633 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, vol. iii. p. 191. 1634 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire naturelle,’ vol. iii. pp. 169-175. 1635 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 189. 1636 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, vol. iii. p. 208. Blumenbach, ‘Anthropological Treatises,’ p. 73. 1637 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, vol. iii. pp. 213, et seq. 1638 Wallace, ‘Darwinism,’ pp. 160, et seq. 1639 Darwin, ‘The Origin of Species,’ vol. ii. pp. 44, &c. Cf. Godron, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 209. 1640 The greater or less degree of sterility of hybrids, although, as Mr. Darwin remarks (‘The Origin of Species,’ vol. ii. p. 46), a very different case from the difficulty of uniting two pure species, yet, to a certain extent, runs parallel with it. 1641 Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire, ‘Histoire naturelle,’ vol. iii. pp. 168, 169, &c. 1642 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 180. 1643 ‘Exodus,’ ch. xxii. v. 19. ‘Leviticus,’ ch. xviii. v. 23; ch. xx. v. 15. ‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxvii. v. 21. Pliny, loc. cit. book viii. ch. 42. Virgil, ‘Bucolica,’ Ecloga iii. v.8. 1644 Janke, loc. cit. p. 276. Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ p. xcvii. v. Kraft-Ebing, ‘Psychopathia sexualis,’ pp. 135, et seq. 1645 See Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 125, 126, 128. 1646 Cf. Blumenbach, loc. cit. pp. 80, et seq.; Steller, loc. cit. p. 289, note. 1647 PÉrier, ‘Essai sur les croisements ethniques,’ in ‘MÉmoires Soc. d’Anthr.,’ vol. i.p. 216. Jacquinot, in Dumont d’Urville, ‘Voyage au Pole Sud,’ Zoologie, vol. ii. p. 92. 1648 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. pp. 102, et seq. 1649 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 381. 1650 de Quatrefages, loc. cit. p. 273. 1651 Topinard, ‘Anthropology,’ p. 371. 1652 Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 238. 1653 Topinard, p. 372. 1654 PÉrier, in ‘MÉm. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ vol. ii. p. 340. 1655 Topinard, loc. cit. p. 383. 1656 Prichard, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 149. 1657 Godron, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 360, note 2. 1658 Knox, ‘The Races of Men,’ pp. 497, &c. 1659 Nott and Gliddon, loc. cit. pp. 397, et seq. 1660 Broca, ‘The Phenomena of Hybridity,’ p. 60. Pouchet, loc. cit. p. 101. 1661 Prichard, ‘The Natural History of Man,’ p. 18. 1662 Godron, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 363. 1663 de Quatrefages, loc. cit. p. 264. 1664 Broca, p. 48. 1665 Ibid., p. 48. 1666 Curr, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 264. Cf. Topinard, ‘Note sur les mÉtis d’Australiens et d’EuropÉens,’ in ‘Revue d’Anthropologie,’ vol. iv. pp. 243-249. 1667 Dr. T.R. H. Thomson says ('On the Reported Incompetency of the “Gins,”‘ in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. iii. pp. 244, et seq.) that the Australian woman, when she places herself under the roof of a European settler as his concubine or wife, appears to become less fertile, although she has more regular diet, comfort, and covering. 1668 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. pp. 148-160. 1669 Peschel, loc. cit. p.9. Eyre, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 324. Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 273. 1670 Meyer, loc. cit. p. 186. 1671 Taplin, loc. cit. p. 14. 1672 Broca, loc. cit. p. 36. 1673 Peschel, loc. cit. p.8. 1674 v. GÖrtz, ‘Reise um die Welt,’ vol. iii. p. 288. 1675 Hensen, ‘Die Physiologie der Zeugung,’ in Hermann, ‘Handbuch der Physiologie,’ vol. vi. pt. ii. p. 191. 1676 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. pp. 182, et seq. 1677 Jacobs, ‘On the Racial Characteristics of Modern Jews,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. pp. 26-28. 1678 Agassiz, ‘Essay on Classification,’ pp. 249-252. 1679 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. pp. 105, 181, 190, et seq. 1680 Vogt, loc. cit. p. 421. 1681 Sebright, loc. cit. pp. 17, et seq. 1682 v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 64. 1683 Ross, in ‘Smithsonian Report,’ 1866, p. 310. 1684 Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ &c., p. 22. Idem, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 151. Riedel, quoted by Post, ‘Entwickelungsgeschichte des Familienrechts,’ p. 221. Garcilasso de la Vega, describing the Indians of Peru before the time of the Incas, says (loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 58, et seq.), ‘In many nations they cohabited like beasts, without any special wife, but just as chance directed. Others followed their own desires, without excepting sisters, daughters, or mothers. Others excepted their mothers but none else.’ It is said, according to Dr. Hickson (loc. cit. pp. 277, et seq.), that in olden times, in the southern districts of Minahassa, in the neighbourhood of Tonsawang, father and daughter, mother and son, brother and sister, frequently lived together in bonds of matrimony. As regards the Chippewas, Mr. Keating states (loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 170) that ‘incest is not unknown to them, but it is held in great abhorrence.' 1685 HÜbschmann, ‘Ueber die persische Verwandtenheirath,’ in ‘Zeitschr. d. Deutschen MorgenlÄndischen Gesellsch.,’ vol. xliii. p. 308. 1686 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 83. 1687 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 276. 1688 Heifer, ‘The Animal Productions of the Tenasserim Provinces,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. vii. p. 856. 1689 Cameron, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 70. 1690 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 49. 1691 ‘The Kalevala’ (translated by Crawford), vol. ii. p. 548. 1692 Powers, loc. cit. p. 340. 1693 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 367. 1694 Krasheninnikoff, ‘The History of Kamtschatka,’ p. 215. 1695 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. pp. 294, et seq. 1696 Janke, loc. cit. p. 276. 1697 Liebich, loc. cit. p. 49. 1698 Thomson, ‘Through Masai Land,’ p. 51. 1699 v. Martius, in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. ii. p. 198. Idem, ‘BeitrÄge zur Ethnographie,’ &c., vol. i. pp. 115, et seq. 1700 ‘Rig-Veda SanhitÁ,’ mandala x. sÚkta 10. 1701 Schrader, loc. cit. p. 392, note. 1702 ‘Ynglinga Saga,’ ch. iv.; in ‘Heimskringla’ (edited by Unger), p.6. 1703 Ibid., p.6. 1704 NordstrÖm, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 18. Grimm, loc. cit. p. 435. 1705 Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 173. 1706 Moore, loc. cit. p. 169. 1707 Forbes, ‘British Burma,’ p. 48, note. 1708 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 459. 1709 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 131. 1710 Ellis, ‘Hawaii,’ pp. 414, et seq. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 32. 1711 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 252. 1712 Herodotus, loc. cit. book iii. ch. 31. Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 678, et seq. 1713 Wilkinson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 319. 1714 Ibid., vol. i. pp. 318, et seq. 1715 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 308. 1716 Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 425. Prescott, ‘History of the Conquest of Peru,’ p. 9, note 3. 1717 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ &c., p. 160. Wilken, ‘Huwelijken tusschen bloedverwanten,’ p. 31. 1718 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 406, note. 1719 Krauss, loc. cit. pp. 221, et seq.. 1720 ‘Genesis,’ ch. xx. v. 12. 1721 Robertson Smith, loc. cit. p. 163. 1722 Michaelis, ‘Abhandlung von den Ehegesetzen Mosis,’ p. 128. 1723 Becker, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 448. In Homer, the marriage of brother and sister, strictly speaking, is to be found only in myth (Schrader, loc. cit. p. 392, note). 1724 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 664, et seq. 1725 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 147. Idem, ‘Verwantschap,’ &c., p. 22. 1726 Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 289. Cf. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 116, 393 (certain Brazilian tribes). 1727 The Rev. B. Danks mentions (‘Marriage Customs of the New Britain Group,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 283) that in the New Britain Group, where upon theoretical grounds a man may without law-breaking marry his niece, as belonging to another clan, there is, nevertheless, a great repugnance to such unions, among the natives, and in one case where such a union was brought about, the natives utterly condemned it. 1728 Tartars (CastrÉn, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 298), Somals (Burton, ‘First Footsteps in East Africa,’ p. 120), Negroes of Bondo (‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1027). 1729 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 406. 1730 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 880. 1731 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 422. 1732 Huth, ‘The Marriage of Near Kin,’ pp. 123, 137. 1733 Ibid. pp. 123, 139. 1734 ‘The KorÂn,’ sura iv. v. 27. 1735 Dall, loc. cit. p. 399. Petroff, loc. cit. p. 158. 1736 Lyon, loc. cit. p. 353. 1737 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 325. 1738 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 276. 1739 v. Siebold, loc. cit. pp. 30, et seq. 1740 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 64. Robertson Smith, loc. cit. p. 82. 1741 ‘The Marriage Customs of the Moors of Ceylon,’ in ‘The Folk-Lore Journal,’ vol. vi. p. 140. 1742 Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. vi. p. 406. 1743 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Asiatic Races, p.8. 1744 Shortt, ‘The Wild Tribes of Southern India,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N. S. vol. vii. p. 187. 1745 Egede, loc. cit. p. 141. 1746 Rink, ‘The Eskimo Tribes,’ p. 23. 1747 Dall, loc. cit. p. 196. 1748 Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 171. 1749 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 655. 1750 Powers, loc. cit. p. 192. 1751 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 99. 1752 Dall, p. 138. 1753 Frazer, loc. cit. p. 59. 1754 Hardisty, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 315. 1755 Frazer, loc. cit. p. 60. 1756 Morgan, ‘Ancient Society,’ pp. 90, et seq. 1757 Ibid., pp. 91-93. Cf. Morgan, ‘League of the Iroquois,’ pp. 79, 81, 83. 1758 Frazer, pp. 60-62. 1759 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 665. 1760 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 665. de Herrera, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 171. 1761 Bancroft, vol. ii. p. 251. 1762 Im Thurn, loc. cit. pp. 175, 185. 1763 Agassiz, ‘Journey in Brazil,’ p. 320. 1764 Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 172. 1765 Dobrizhoffer, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 63; vol. ii. p. 212. 1766 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 107. Cf. Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 299. 1767 Frazer, loc. cit. p. 65. Curr, vol. i.p. 112. 1768 Frazer, p. 65. Howitt, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1883, p. 800. 1769 Curr, vol. i.p. 112. Cf. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. xxiii. p. 402. 1770 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 118. Frazer, loc. cit. p. 58. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 399. For the Australian exogamy, see also Howitt, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1883, pp. 797-824; Fison and Howitt, loc. cit.; Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 86-92; Ridley, ‘The Aborigines of Australia,’ pp. 7-10; Idem, ‘KÁmilarÓi,’ pp. 161, et seq.; Breton, loc. cit. p. 202; SchÜrmann, loc. cit. p. 222; Dawson, loc. cit. p. 26; Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 772; Bonney, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. pp. 128, et seq.; Cameron, ibid., vol. xiv. p. 351. 1771 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 112; vol. ii. p. 245. SchÜrmann, loc. cit. p. 222. Cameron, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv. p. 351. 1772 Curr, vol. i.p. 106. 1773 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 546. 1774 Ibid., vol. i. pp. 107, 111. Dawson, loc. cit. p. 26. 1775 Dawson, p. 27. 1776 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 386. Cf. Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ p. 62. 1777 Huth, loc. cit. p. 80. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 131. 1778 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 92. 1779 Codrington, loc. cit. pp. 21, 29. 1780 Danks, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. pp. 282, et seq. Cf. Powell, loc. cit. p. 86. 1781 Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ pp. 181, et seq. 1782 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 106. 1783 Kubary, loc. cit. p. 35. 1784 St. John, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 198. Cf. Low, loc. cit. p. 300; Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 23. 1785 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 139. 1786 Hickson, loc. cit. p. 227. Wilken, pp. 21, et seq. 1787 Wilken, pp. 18, 21. 1788 Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 33. 1789 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 147. 1790 Riedel, loc. cit. p. 206. 1791 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i. pp. 145, et seq. 1792 Riedel, p. 416. 1793 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 146. 1794 Ibid., p. 146. 1795 Ibid., p. 148. 1796 Wilken, ‘Huwelijken tusschen bloedverwanten,’ pp. 26, et. seq. Riedel, loc. cit. p. 460. 1797 Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 18. 1798 Stewart, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxiv. p. 640. 1799 Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 359. 1800 Lewin, loc. cit. pp. 186, et seq. 1801 Macpherson, quoted by Percival, ‘The Land of the Veda,’ p. 345. Cf. Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. iii. p. 81. 1802 Man, loc. cit. p. 103. 1803 Hale, ‘On the Sakais,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 291. 1804 Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 158, 189. 1805 Ibid., p. 63. 1806 Tod, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 145. 1807 Lyall, ‘Asiatic Studies,’ p. 156. 1808 Tylor, ‘Early History of Mankind,’ p. 280. 1809 This relationship extends to six degrees where the common ancestor is a male. Where the common ancestor is a female, there is a difference of opinion; Manu and Âpastamba extending the prohibition in her case also to six degrees, while Gautama, Vishnu, Narada, &c., limit it to four degrees (Mayne, ‘Hindu Law and Usage,’ p. 87). 1810 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v.5. 1811 Weber, ‘Die KastenverhÄltnisse in dem BrÂhmana und SÛtra,’ in ‘Indische Studien,’ vol. x. pp. 75, et seq. 1812 Kearns, loc. cit. pp. 33, et seq. For the marriage restrictions of the Hindus, cf. Steele, ‘The Law and Custom of the Hindoo Castes,’ pp. 26, 27, 163. 1813 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. pp. 135, et seq. 1814 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 294. 1815 ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. pp. 3-10, 23-25, 27, et seq. 1816 Ibid., vol. iv. pp. 21, et seq. 1817 Ibid., vol. iv. p. 24. 1818 Ibid., vol. iv. p. 23. Jamieson, ‘Translations from the General Code of Laws of the Chinese Empire,’ in ‘The China Review,’ vol. x. pp. 82, et seq. Cf. Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 186; Tylor, ‘Early History of Mankind,’ p. 281. 1819 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 27. 1820 Lubbock, ‘The Origin of Civilisation,’ p. 139. Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 171. 1821 Bastian, p. 172. 1822 CastrÉn, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 168. Georgi, loc. cit. p. 282. Finsch, ‘Reise nach West-Sibirien,’ p. 543. 1823 Georgi, loc. cit. p. 31. 1824 CastrÉn, in ‘LitterÄra SoirÉer,’ 1849, pp. 12, et seq. Idem, ‘Nordiska resor och forskningar,’ vol. ii. p. 168. de Quatrefages, ‘Hommes fossiles et hommes sauvages,’ p. 604. 1825 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 406, note. 1826 Ibid. p. 406. 1827 Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 181. 1828 Reich, ‘Geschichte, Natur-und Gesundheitslehre des ehelichen Lebens,’ p. 333. 1829 Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 120. 1830 Du Chaillu, ‘The People of Western Equatorial Africa,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. i.p. 307. Ashe, ‘Two Kings of Uganda,’ p. 285. 1831 Burton, ‘Gorilla Land,’ vol. i.p. 75. 1832 Cf. Fritsch, loc. cit. pp. 114, et seq.; Bastian, ‘Ethnologische Forschungen,’ vol. i.p. xxvii.; Holden, ‘The Past and Future of the Kaffir Races,’ p. 200. 1833 Shooter, loc. cit. pp. 45, et seq. 1834 Maclean, loc. cit. p. 163. 1835 Shooter, p. 45. 1836 Maclean, p. 115. 1837 Theal, loc. cit. pp. 16, et seq. 1838 Conder, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 85. 1839 Casalis, loc. cit. p. 191. 1840 Kolben, ‘The Present State of the Cape of Good Hope,’ vol. i. pp. 155, et seq. 1841 Sibree, loc. cit. pp. 185, 248, et seq. Ellis, ‘History of Madagascar,’ vol. i. pp. 164, et seq. 1842 Marquardt and Mommsen, ‘Handbuch der rÖmischen AlterthÜmer,’ vol. vii. pp. 29, et seq. 1843 Smith and Cheetham, ‘Dictionary of Christian Antiquities,’ vol. ii. p. 1727. 1844 Smith and Cheetham, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 1727, 1729. 1845 Huth, loc. cit. p. 122. 1846 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 127. 1847 Lyon, loc. cit. p. 353. Holm, ‘Ethnologisk Skizze af Angmagsalikerne,’ in ‘Meddelelser om GrÖnland,’ vol. x.p. 96. 1848 Daniell, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. iv. p. 14. 1849 Dawson, loc. cit. p. 27. 1850 de Herrera, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 171. 1851 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. pp. 24, et seq. note. 1852 Longford, ‘Summary of the Japanese Penal Codes,’ in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. v. pt. ii. p. 87. 1853 ‘The Institutes of Vishnu,’ ch. xxxiv. vv. 1, et seq. 1854 ‘Leviticus,’ ch. xviii. vv. 8, 15, 17; &c. 1855 ‘The KorÂn,’ sura iv. vv. 26, et seq. 1856 Justinian, loc. cit. book i. title x. §§ 6, et seq. 1857 See Ewald, p. 197, note 6. Cf. Smith and Cheetham, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 1725, et seq. 1858 Huth, loc. cit. p. 24. 1859 McLennan, ‘Studies in Ancient History,’ pp. 75, et seq. 1860 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. pp. 614-619. 1861 McLennan, ‘Exogamy and Endogamy,’ in ‘The Fortnightly Review,’ vol. xxi. pp. 884, et seq. 1862 Hooper, loc. cit. p. 201. 1863 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 94. 1864 Seemann, ‘Voyage of Herald,’ vol. ii. p. 66. 1865 Keene, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 206. 1866 Powers, loc. cit. pp. 192, 271, 382. Cf. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 106. 1867 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 243. Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ p. xcviii. 1868 Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 77. 1869 Dall, loc. cit. p. 399 1870 Reich, loc. cit. pp. 457, et seq. 1871 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. 280. 1872 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 79. Williams, ‘Missionary Enterprises,’ p. 558. Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 392. 1873 Elton, ‘Natives of the Solomon Islands,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 93. 1874 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 211. 1875 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 70. 1876 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 272 (natives of Herbert River, Northern Queensland). 1877 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 400, et seq. 1878 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. pp. 134-137. Cf. Farrer, ‘Primitive Manners and Customs,’ p. 244. 1879 Mr. Bridges, in a letter. Cf. Idem, in ‘A Voice for South America,’ vol. xiii. p. 181; Hyades, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. x.p. 331. 1880 Powers, loc. cit. p. 207. Cf. ibid., p. 183. 1881 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 249. 1882 McLennan, ‘Studies in Ancient History,’ p. 160. 1883 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 619-621. 1884 Ibid., pp. 627, et seq. 1885 Mr. Huth, in the first edition of his work, ‘The Marriage of Near Kin,’ suggests (p. 157) that marriage between parents and children is considered incestuous because marriage between old men and young women in general is considered so. In the second edition, Mr. Huth seems to have given up this most unfortunate hypothesis, as he says (p. 18) that ‘the prohibition of marriage with those who were regarded as near of kin was derived from the same causes which made exogamy imperative,’ that is, the causes suggested by Mr. Spencer. 1886 Lubbock, ‘The Origin of Civilisation,’ pp. 135, et seq. Professor Wilken (in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol. ii. p. 612) accepts this explanation of the origin of exogamy, and considers it certain (ibid., pp. 618, 619, 623) that prohibitions of close intermarriage have everywhere originated in true exogamy. 1887 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ &c., p. 345. Among the Australian Gournditch-mara, according to the Rev. J.H. StÄhle, the man who captured a woman in war never kept her himself, but was compelled to give her to some one else (Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 276). 1888 Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. iii. pp. 361, et seq. Professor Kohler also thinks (‘Krit. Vierteljahrschr. f. Gesetzg.,’ N.S. vol. iv. p. 181) that one of the chief causes of exogamy was the unpleasantly dependent position in which, in endogamous marriage, the husband stood to the family of his wife. 1889 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 267. 1890 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 100. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 403. Dawson, loc. cit. p. 28. Frazer, loc. cit. pp. 58, et seq. There seem to be two or three exceptions to this rule among the Australian tribes, but Mr. Curr (vol. i.p. 417) ascribes such cases to the influence of the whites. 1891 Codrington, loc. cit. p. 23. 1892 Holm, loc. cit. p. 98. 1893 Prichard, loc. cit. p. 125. 1894 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 265. 1895 Morgan, ‘Ancient Society,’ p. 424. 1896 Lubbock, ‘The Customs of Marriage and Systems of Relationship among the Australians,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv. p. 300. Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 124. Peschel, loc. cit. p. 224. 1897 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ p. 228. 1898 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 112. 1899 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 21. 1900 Cf. Lang, ‘Custom and Myth,’ p. 256. 1901 Huth, loc. cit. p. 342. 1902 Plato, ‘????,’ book viii. ch. vi. p. 838. 1903 Huth, loc. cit. pp. 10-14. 1904 Moriz Wagner, in ‘Kosmos,’ 1886, vol. i. pp. 21, &c. v. Hellwald, loc. cit. pp. 179, et seq. Wake, “The Development of Marriage and Kinship,‘ p. 55. Dalton, loc. cit. p. 248, note. Speaking of the Australian tribes, Mr. Mathew says ('Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 403), ‘There may also be an auxiliary cause to exogamy among barbarians in what may be called an instinctive hankering after foreign women.' 1905 Egede, loc. cit. p. 141. Cf. Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 147. 1906 Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 330. 1907 Macpherson, ‘Memorials of Service in India,’ p. 69. 1908 Codrington, loc. cit. p. 240. 1909 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 268. 1910 v. Martius, in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. ii. p. 198. Idem, ‘BeitrÄge zur Ethnographie,’ &c., vol. i.p. 117. 1911 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 497. v. Martius, vol. i.p. 594. 1912 Howitt, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1883, pp. 800, 810, 819, et seq. Cf. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 399. 1913 Forbes, ‘The Eastern Archipelago,’ pp. 142, et seq. 1914 Forbes, ‘The Eastern Archipelago,’ p. 196. Forbes, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 347. Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 58. 1915 Metz, ‘The Tribes Inhabiting the Neilgherry Hills,’ p. 131. 1916 Riedel, ‘Galela und Tobeloresen,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 77. 1917 Bastian, ‘Inselgruppen in Oceanien,’ p. 61. 1918 Mr. Eyles, in a letter. 1919 Hildebrandt, ‘Ethnographische Notizen Über Wakamba und ihre Nachbaren,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x.p. 401. 1920 Krasheninnikoff, loc. cit. p. 212. 1921 Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 172. 1922 Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 302, 335, 351. 1923 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 81. 1924 Kovalevsky, ‘Marriage among the Early Slavs,’ in ‘Folk-Lore,’ vol. i.p. 475. 1925 Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 119. 1926 Morgan, ‘Houses and House-Life of the American Aborigines,’ p. 73. 1927 Ibid., p. 64. 1928 Powers, loc. cit. p. 168. 1929 Egede, loc. cit. p. 147. Cf. Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 291, 297. 1930 Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 153, 170, 171. 1931 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ pp. 490, 497. 1932 Mr. Bridges, in a letter. 1933 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. xxiv. 1934 Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ pp. 186-188. 1935 Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ pp. 25, et seq. 1936 Hickson, loc. cit. p. 197. 1937 Buchanan, ‘Journey from Madras,’ p. 738. Bachofen, ‘Antiquarische Briefe,’ pp. 271, et seq. Starcke, loc. cit. p. 83. 1938 Shooter, loc. cit. pp. 15, 47, 86. Nauhaus, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1882, p. 200. 1939 Krauss, loc. cit. p. 75. 1940 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ pp. 237, 241, 254, 255. 1941 Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. iii. p. 362. 1942 Lewis, ‘The Ancient Laws of Wales,’ pp. 56, 57, 196. 1943 Montesquieu, ‘De l’esprit des loix,’ book xxvi. ch. 14, vol. iii. pp. 47, 49. 1944 Bertillon, ‘Mariage (hygiÈne matrimoniale),’ in ‘Dict. encycl. des sciences mÉdicales,’ ser. ii. vol. v.p. 60. 1945 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ pp. 507, et seq. 1946 Yate, loc. cit. pp. 103, 154. 1947 Ibid., p. 114. 1948 Marshall, loc. cit. pp. 59, et seq. 1949 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 276. 1950 Burchell, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 56. 1951 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 74. 1952 Davy, loc. cit. p. 278. Pridham, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 262, 265. 1953 Ewald, loc. cit. pp. 197, et seq. 1954 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xvi. 1955 Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 421-423, 429, 439. 1956 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 264. 1957 Kearns, loc. cit. pp. 33, et seq. 1958 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 228. 1959 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 24, note ‡. 1960 Tylor, ‘Early History of Mankind,’ pp. 285, et seq. 1961 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 22. 1962 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 406. 1963 ‘Codex Justinianeus,’ book v. title iv. § 26. 1964 Tylor, ‘Early History of Mankind,’ p. 288. 1965 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ pp. 257, et seq. 1966 Kohler, ‘Indisches Ehe-und Familienrecht,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. iii. pp. 366, et seq. 1967 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. ix. v. 235; ch. xi. v. 55; ch. xii. v. 58. ‘The Institutes of Vishnu,’ ch. xxxv. v.1. 1968 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 66. 1969 Cf. Robertson Smith, loc. cit. p. 169; Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ pp. 184, 192, et seq. 1970 Kubary, loc. cit. p. 62. 1971 Robertson Smith, p. 170. 1972 Heifer, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. vii. p. 856. 1973 Virchow, ‘The VeddÁs of Ceylon,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. As. Soc. Ceylon Branch,’ vol. ix. pp. 355, 369. Hartshorne, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. viii. p. 320. 1974 Virchow, in ‘Jour. Roy. As. Soc. Ceylon Branch,’ vol. ix. p. 370. 1975 Annamese (Janke, loc. cit. p. 276), Kamchadales (Steller, loc. cit. p. 289, note), Kaniagmuts (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 81, et seq.). 1976 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. pp. 606, et seq. Huth, loc. cit. pp. 14, &c. Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ p. 480. Wilken, ‘Huwelijken tusschen bloedverwanten,’ pp. 24, et seq. 1977 Mr. Cupples, however, observes that among dogs, the male seems rather inclined towards strange females (Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 294); and I myself have been told by a thoroughly trustworthy person of a stallion that would not approach mares of the same stable. But such instincts seem to be exceptions at least among domesticated animals. 1978 Huth, loc. cit. p.9. 1979 Ibid., p.9. 1980 MÜller, ‘The Fertilisation of Flowers,’ p.8. 1981 Darwin, ‘The Effects of Cross and Self Fertilisation in the Vegetable Kingdom,’ p. 436. 1982 Ibid., p. 443. 1983 Darwin, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 116. 1984 Sebright, ‘The Art of Improving the Breeds of Domestic Animals,’ pp. 12, et seq. 1985 Wallace, ‘Darwinism,’ p. 161. 1986 Crampe, ‘Zuchtversuche mit zahmen Wanderratten,’ in ‘Landwirthschaftliche JahrbÜcher,’ vol. xii. pp. 402, 409, 418; quoted by DÜsing, ‘Die Regulierung des GeschlechtsverhÄltnisses bei der Vermehrung der Menschen, Tiere und Pflanzen,’ p. 246. ‘Die Kreuzungsproducte der Familien waren mit ihren BrÜdern, VÄtern, GrossvÄtern und Mestizen viel fruchtbarer, als die in Blutschande gezogenen Familien unter denselben VerhÄltnissen.' 1987 Huth, loc. cit. pp. 286, et seq. 1988 Preyer, ‘Specielle Physiologie des Embryo,’ p.8. 1989 Mitchell, ‘Blood-Relationship in Marriage,’ in ‘Memoirs Read before the Anthropological Society of London,’ vol. ii. p. 451. 1990 Pouchet, loc. cit. p. 107, note *. 1991 Sebright, loc. cit. pp. 11, et seq. 1992 Darwin, ‘Cross and Self Fertilisation,’ p. 445. 1993 Idem, ‘Animals and Plants under Domestication,’ vol. ii. p. 116. 1994 Idem, ‘Cross and Self Fertilisation,’ p. 457. 1995 Ibid., p. 465. 1996 Sebright, loc. cit. p. 12. 1997 Adam, ‘Consanguinity in Marriage,’ in ‘The Fortnightly Review,’ vol. iii. p. 81. 1998 Huth, loc. cit. p. 36. 1999 Galton, ‘Hereditary Genius,’ p. 152. 2000 Huth, p. 37, note. 2001 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. pp. 294, 296. 2002 PÉrier, in ‘MÉm. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ vol. i.p. 223. Voisin, ‘Contribution À l’histoire des mariages entre consanguins,’ ibid., vol. ii. p. 447. 2003 Huth, loc. cit. ch. v. pp. 186-241. 2004 Ibid., pp. 217, 226. 2005 G.H. Darwin, ‘Marriages between First Cousins in England,’ in ‘The Fortnightly Review,’ vol. xviii. p. 41. 2006 Idem, ‘Marriages between First Cousins in England,’ in ‘Journal of the Statistical Society,’ vol. xxxviii. pp. 181, 170, 182. 2007 Idem, ‘Note on the Marriages of First Cousins,’ ibid., vol. xxxviii. pp. 344-346. 2008 Schmidt’s ‘JahrbÜcher des gesammten Medicin,’ vol. clxxxi. p. 89. 2009 It has escaped even Mr. Huth’s keen observation. 2010 Mygge, ‘Om Aegteskaber mellem Blodbeslaegtede,’ pp. 162, 272. 2011 Dahl, ‘Bidrag til Kundskab om de Sindssyge i Norge,’ pp. 99-102. 2012 Professor Mantegazza has given a list of fifty-seven authors who have opposed these marriages, and of fifteen who have defended them (‘Jour. Statist. Soc.,’ vol. xxxviii. p. 179). 2013 Huth, loc. cit. pp. 141-143. 2014 Beechey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 86. 2015 Voisin, in ‘MÉm. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ vol. ii. p. 447. 2016 Mygge, loc. cit. p. 126. 2017 ‘Edinburgh Medical Journal,’ vol. vii. pt. ii. p. 876. 2018 Mygge, loc. cit. p. 171. 2019 Darwin, ‘Cross and Self Fertilisation,’ pp. 439, 458. 2020 Ibid., p. 439. G.H. Darwin, in ‘Jour. Statist. Soc.,’ vol. xxxviii. p. 175. 2021 Quoted by DÜsing, loc. cit. p. 249. 2022 Mitchell, in ‘Mem. Anthr. Soc.,’ vol. ii. p. 447. 2023 Cf. Devay, ‘Du danger des mariages consanguins,’ p. 10. 2024 G.H. Darwin, in ‘Jour. Statist. Soc.,’ vol. xxxviii. p. 163. 2025 Ibid., pp. 175, et seq. 2026 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 334. 2027 Bates, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 199, et seq. 2028 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 508. 2029 v. Tschudi, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 284. 2030 Gisborne, ‘The Isthmus of Darien,’ p. 155. 2031 Davis, ‘El Gringo,’ p. 146. 2032 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 144, 147. 2033 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 248. 2034 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 66. 2035 St. John, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 10. 2036 Foreman, loc. cit. p. 200. 2037 Batchelor, loc. cit. p. 290. 2038 Meade, loc. cit. p. 168. 2039 Marshall, loc. cit. pp. 110, et seq. 2040 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 254. 2041 Ibid., p. 254. 2042 Metz, loc. cit. p. 15. 2043 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 233. 2044 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 200, 201, 216, et seq. 2045 Dr. Helfer also thinks (‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. vii. p. 856) that, among the Karens of the Tenasserim Provinces, close intermarrying is the reason why ‘they are a subdued, timid, effeminate, diminishing race.' 2046 Gason, loc. cit. pp. 260, et seq. 2047 Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 406. 2048 Rink, ‘Tales and Traditions of the Eskimo,’ pp. 390, et seq. 2049 Reich, loc. cit. pp. 210, et seq. 2050 Goldziher, in ‘The Academy,’ vol. xviii. p. 26. Cf. Wilken, ‘Das Matriarchat bei den alten Arabern,’ p. 61; Robertson Smith, loc. cit. p. 60. 2051 Petroff, loc. cit. p. 155. 2052 Shooter, loc. cit. p. 45. 2053 Goldziher, in ‘The Academy,’ vol. xviii. p. 26. Robertson Smith, p. 82. 2054 For instance, Mr. Morgan (‘Systems,’ &c., pp. 479, et seq.) and Professor Wilken (in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1881, vol. ii. p. 622). 2055 Bernardin de Saint-Pierre, ‘Études de la nature,’ vol. i.p. 94. 2056 Schopenhauer, ‘The World as Will and Idea,’ vol. iii. pp. 356-359. 2057 Lucas, ‘TraitÉ de l’hÉrÉditÉ naturelle,’ vol. ii. p. 238; ‘La loi de l’amour est l’accord des contrastes.’ Walker, ‘Intermarriage,’ pp. 119-124. Mantegazza, ‘Die Hygieine der Liebe,’ p. 321. Allen, ‘Falling in Love,’ p.5. v. Hartmann, ‘Philosophy of the Unconscious,’ vol. i. pp. 237, et seq. 2058 Bain, loc. cit. p. 136. 2059 Lucas, vol. ii. p. 238. Walker, ‘Intermarriage,’ p. 124. 2060 Quoted by Walker, p. 118. 2061 Schopenhauer also says (loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 358), ‘Blondes prefer dark persons, or brunettes; but the latter seldom prefer the former. The reason is, that fair hair and blue eyes are in themselves a variation from the type, are almost abnormal, being analogous to white mice, or at least to gray horses.' 2062 de Candolle, ‘HÉrÉditÉ de la couleur des yeux dans l’espÈce humaine,’ in ‘Archives des sciences physiques et naturelles,’ ser. iii. vol. xii.; quoted in ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. viii. 2063 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. ix. 2064 Galton, ‘Natural Inheritance,’ p. 85. 2065 Mantegazza, ‘Physiologie du plaisir,’ p. 243. 2066 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Psychology,’ vol. i. pp. 487, et seq. Bain, loc. cit. p. 136. Dr. Duboc remarks (‘Die Psychologie der Liebe,’ p. 14), ‘Es giebt keine inhaltvollere und triumphirendere Beseligung der eignen Selbstliebe als von dem Über alle Anderen emporgetragen zu werden, den wir selbst hÖher wie alle Anderen erblicken, als von dem ausgezeichnet zu werden, der uns selbst mit allen Auszeichnungen geschmÜckt erscheint.' 2067 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 250. 2068 Ellis, ‘The Tshi-speaking Peoples,’ p. 285. 2069 Duncan, ‘Travels in Western Africa,’ vol. i.p. 79. Sabatier, ‘Étude sur la femme Kabyle,’ in ‘Revue d’Anthropologie,’ ser. ii. vol. vi. p. 58. Bonfanti, ‘L’incivilimento dei negri nell’Africa intertropicale,’ in ‘Archivio per antropologia e la etnologia,’ vol. xv. p. 131. 2070 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 325. 2071 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 345. 2072 Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 317. 2073 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 25. 2074 Egede, loc. cit. p. 144. 2075 Jones, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 326. Dall, loc. cit. p. 139. 2076 Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ p. 207, note. Cf. Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 272 (Creeks). 2077 Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 258. 2078 Johnson, ‘The River Congo,’ p. 423. 2079 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ pp. 208, et seq. 2080 Schweinfurth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 510. 2081 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 206. 2082 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol iii. p. 369. Fawcett, ‘The Saoras of Madras,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Soc. Bombay,’ vol. i.p. 219. St. John, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 54, et seq. Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 327. 2083 Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 366. 2084 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 102. 2085 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 171, et seq. 2086 Seemann, ‘Viti,’ pp. 193, et seq. 2087 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 283. Bonwick, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 205. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 775, 781. Dawson, loc. cit. p. 37. Lumholtz, loc. cit. pp. 213, et seq. 2088 Brough Smyth, vol. i.p. 29. Taplin, loc. cit. p. 12. Bonney, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 129. 2089 Lyon, loc cit. p. 353. Cf. Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 325, et seq. (Greenlanders). 2090 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 292. 2091 Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 121. 2092 Brett, loc. cit. pp. 98, 351. 2093 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 44. Mantegazza, ‘Rio de la Plata,’ p. 456. 2094 Weddel, ‘Voyage towards the South Pole,’ p. 156. Haydes, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. x.p. 334. 2095 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 236. 2096 Hall, loc. cit. p. 568. 2097 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. xxiv. 2098 Katscher, loc. cit. pp. 58, et seq. 2099 Dubois, loc. cit. p. 109. 2100 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 206. 2101 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 155. 2102 Finck, ‘Romantic Love,’ p. 110. 2103 Palmblad, ‘Grekisk fornkunskap,’ vol. i.p. 252. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 321. 2104 Katscher, loc. cit. pp. 71, 84. Hermann-BlÜmner, loc. cit. p. 261. 2105 Plato, loc. cit. book vi. p. 771. 2106 Plutarch, ‘?e?? t?? ?????? ??et??,’ ch. viii. 2107 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 215. 2108 Cf. Bain, loc. cit. p. 117; Sully, ‘Outlines of Psychology,’ p. 515. 2109 Walker, ‘Intermarriage,’ pp. 113-115. 2110 Haushofer, loc. cit. p. 405. 2111 Walker, pp. 115, et seq. 2112 Reich, loc. cit. p. 456. 2113 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 174. 2114 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 772. 2115 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Ancient Mexicans, &c., p.4. 2116 Powers, loc. cit. p. 214. Cf. Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ p. 148 (Beaver and Rocky Mountain Indians). 2117 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1884, p. 464. 2118 Hanoteau and Letourneux, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 164. 2119 Jamieson, in ‘The China Review,’ vol. x. pp. 94, et seq. 2120 Crawfurd, ‘On the Classification of the Races of Man,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. i.p. 357. 2121 McNair, ‘Perak,’ p. 131. 2122 Forbes, ‘The Eastern Archipelago,’ p. 241. 2123 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. pp. 366, 370, 371. 2124 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. pp. 282, 292. 2125 de Gobineau, ‘The Moral and Intellectual Diversity of Races,’ pp. 173, et seq. 2126 Ibid., p. 174, note 1. Cf. d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 155. 2127 v. DÜben, loc. cit. pp. 200, et seq. 2128 Morelet, loc. cit. Montgomery, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 491. Godron, loc. cit. vol ii. p. 360. Fries, loc. cit. p. 159. 2129 Ewald, loc. cit. p. 193. 2130 Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 465. 2131 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. iv. 2132 Macieiowski, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 191. 2133 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 703. 2134 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 98. 2135 Bancroft, vol. i.p. 512, note 120. 2136 Davis, loc. cit. p. 146. 2137 Bancroft, vol. i.p. 663. 2138 v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. iii. p. 227. 2139 v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. iii. pp. 226, et seq. 2140 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 106. 2141 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 308. 2142 Du Chaillu, loc. cit. p. 97. 2143 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 144. 2144 Chapman, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 75. 2145 Sibree, loc. cit. pp. 109, 256. 2146 Kolams (Dalton, loc. cit. p. 278), Koch (Hodgson, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xviii. p. 707), Karens of Burma (according to Dr. Bunker; Mason, ‘On Dwellings, &c., of the Karens,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxxvii. pt. ii. p. 151). 2147 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 201. 2148 Dalton, p. 28. 2149 Batchelor, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. x. pp. 211, et seq. v. Siebold, loc. cit. pp. 30, et seq. 2150 Riedel, loc. cit. p. 325. 2151 Hickson, loc. cit. p. 277. Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ pp. 21, et seq. 2152 Wilken, p. 23. 2153 Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 396. 2154 Romilly, in ‘Proceed. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ix. p.9. 2155 Yate, loc. cit. pp. 96, 99. 2156 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 63, 67. Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 398. 2157 Curr, vol. i. pp. 298, 303, 330, 343, 377; vol. ii. pp. 21, 179, 197, 307; vol. iii. pp. 252, 272. 2158 Lewis, loc. cit. p. 196. 2159 Hearn, loc. cit. pp. 156, et seq. 2160 MÜller, ‘The Doric Race,’ vol. ii. p. 302. 2161 Gaius, ‘Institutiones,’ book i. § 56. 2162 Marquardt and Mommsen, loc. cit. vol. vii. p. 29. 2163 Hotz, in de Gobineau, ‘The Diversity of Races,’ p. 239. 2164 MÜller, ‘Chips from a German Workshop,’ vol. i. pp. 322, et seq. Cf. Monier Williams, ‘Hinduism,’ p. 154. 2165 Rhys Davids, ‘Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion,’ pp. 22, et seq. 2166 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 64. 2167 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 336. 2168 Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p.6. Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 85 (Nukahivans). 2169 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 82. Cf. Beechey, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 205, et seq.; Seemann, ‘Viti,’ p. 79. 2170 Anderson, loc. cit. p. 289. 2171 Bastian, ‘BeitrÄge zur Ethnologie,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. i. pp. 267, et seq. 2172 de Tocqueville, ‘Democracy in America,’ vol. ii. pp. 149-151 2173 Sproat, loc. cit. pp. 98-99. 2174 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 659. 2175 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol i.p. 71. v. Spix and v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 74. 2176 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 112. 2177 Ibid., vol. vi. pp. 165, 186. 2178 Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. pp. 171, et seq. Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 256. 2179 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 153. Hickson, loc. cit. p. 278 (Minahassers). Matthes, loc. cit. p. 13 (Bugis and Macassars). Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 302, 434 (natives of Timor-Laut and Wetter). St. John, ‘Wild Tribes of the North-West Coast of Borneo,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. pp. 234, et seq. (Sea Dyaks). 2180 Sibree, loc. cit. pp. 185, 256. 2181 Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 240, 313. 2182 Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 443, et seq. 2183 Negroes of Loango (Soyaux, loc. cit. p. 162), Hottentots (Kolben, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 156), KunÁma and Barea (Munzinger, p. 484). 2184 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 63. Cf. Burton, ‘Pilgrimage,’ p. 305. 2185 Monier Williams, ‘Hinduism,’ pp. 153, 155. 2186 Idem, ‘Indian Wisdom,’ p. 218, note. 2187 Davy, loc. cit. p. 284. 2188 Neale, loc. cit. p. 58. 2189 Ross, loc. cit. p. 311. 2190 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 86, note. 2191 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 187. 2192 KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p. 117. 2193 Mommsen, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 318. Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 249, 456, 457, et seq. 2194 Winroth, ‘Äktenskapshindren,’ pp. 227, 230, 233. Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i. pp. 349, 353, et seq. 2195 Weinhold, vol. i. pp. 349, et seq. 2196 Odhner, ‘LÄrobok i Sveriges, Norges och Danmarks historia,’ p. 241. 2197 Behrend, in v. Holtzendorff, ‘EncyclopÄdie der Rechtswissenschaft,’ pt. i.p. 478. 2198 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ pp. 224, et seq. 2199 Behrend, in v. Holtzendorff, ‘EncyclopÄdie,’ pt. i.p. 457. 2200 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 885. 2201 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 137. 2202 d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 68. 2203 Neubauer, ‘Notes on the Race-Types of the Jews,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 19. 2204 Frankel, ‘Grundlinien des mosaisch-talmudischen Eherechts,’ p. xx. Ritter, ‘Philo und die Halacha,’ p. 71. 2205 ‘Genesis,’ ch. xxi. v. 21; ch. xxxvi. v.2. 2206 Andree, loc. cit. p. 48. Neubauer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 19. 2207 Jacobs, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 52. 2208 St. Paul, ‘1 Corinthians,’ ch. vii. v. 39. 2209 Tertullian, ‘Ad Uxorem,’ book ii. ch. 3. 2210 Winroth, loc. cit. p. 212. 2211 Herzog, ‘Abriss der gesammten Kirchengeschichte,’ vol. p.i. 215. 2212 Winroth, pp. 213-215. 2213 Ibid., pp. 220, et seq. 2214 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. § 11. 2215 Ibid., p. 131. 2216 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 374. 2217 Dall, loc. cit. p. 194. Cf. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 81 (Kaniagmuts). 2218 Bancroft, vol. ii. p. 678. 2219 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 246. 2220 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 121. Cf. Reade, loc. cit. p. 242. 2221 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 187; vol. ii. p. 49. 2222 Georgi, loc. cit. p. 382. For other instances, see ‘Science,’ vol. vii. p. 172 (Greenlanders); Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 387 (KunÁma); Low, loc. cit. p. 196 (Dyaks); Waitz-Gerland, vol vi. p. 135 (Nukahivans). 2223 Rein, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 426. 2224 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 183. 2225 v. Bohlen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 142. 2226 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 218. For the ancient Iranians, see Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 681. 2227 Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 5, 299. 2228 Krauss, loc. cit. p. 591. 2229 Deecke, loc. cit. p. 25. 2230 MÜller, ‘The Doric Race,’ vol. ii. p. 211. 2231 African races (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 121. Schweinfurth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 31. Du Chaillu, loc. cit. p. 335), Kaniagmuts (Sauer, loc. cit. p. 176), &c. 2232 Eskimo (King, ‘The Intellectual Character of the Esquimaux,’ in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 150), North American Indians (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 100), Negroes of Benin (Bosman, loc. cit. p. 527), natives of Monbuttu (‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 209) and the Indian Archipelago (Wilken, in ‘De Indische Gids,’ 1880, vol. ii. p. 633), Kirghiz, Tartars of Kazan and Orenburg, Laplanders (Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 10, 105, 221), Hebrews (Michaelis, ‘Commentaries on the Laws of Moses,’ vol. i.p. 471), ancient Germans (Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xx.). 2233 Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 412. 2234 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 272. 2235 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 214. 2236 Reade, loc. cit. p. 547. Buch, loc. cit. pp. 45, et seq. Cf. Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 309 (Gowane people of Kordofan); Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 253, et seq. (Solomon Islanders). 2237 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 105. 2238 Josephus, loc. cit. book ii. ch. viii. § 13. 2239 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 209. 2240 Quoted by Bain, loc. cit. p. 142. 2241 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 183. 2242 Rein, loc. cit. p. 423. 2243 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. pp. 101, 102, 139, &c. 2244 Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. pp. 326, et seq. 2245 Cf. Georgi, loc. cit. p. 323; Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. i.p. 205. 2246 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 268. 2247 Glasson, ‘Le mariage civil et le divorce,’ p. 470. 2248 Fries, loc. cit. p. 111. Cf. Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 145, et seq. 2249 King, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 145. ‘Globus,’ vol. xlix. p. 35. 2250 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 276. 2251 de Bode, ‘The YamÚd and GoklÁn Tribes of Turkomania,’ in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 75. 2252 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 683. 2253 Coxe, loc. cit. p. 257. 2254 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 98. 2255 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 224. ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. iii. p. 30. 2256 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 355. McLennan, ‘Studies,’ p. 34. 2257 v. Martius, in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. ii. p. 197. 2258 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 733. 2259 Alcedo-Thompson, ‘Dictionary of America and the West Indies,’ vol. i.p. 416. Smith, ‘The Araucanians,’ p. 215. 2260 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 497. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 600. 2261 King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 182. Hyades, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. x.p. 334. 2262 Andersson, ‘The Okavango River,’ p. 143. 2263 Conder, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 83. 2264 Krapf, loc. cit. p. 354. 2265 Thomson, loc. cit. p. 51. Johnston, loc. cit. pp. 431, 436, et seq. 2266 Kames, ‘Sketches of the History of Man,’ vol. i.p. 449. 2267 Parkyns, loc. cit. vol ii. pp. 55, et seq. 2268 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 133. 2269 Cf. Hodgson, ‘Reminiscences of Australia,’ p. 243; Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. ii. pp. 225, et seq. 2270 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 343. 2271 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 108. Cf. Taplin, loc. cit. p. 10; Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 301. 2272 Curr, vol. i.p. 108. 2273 Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 407. 2274 Curr, vol. i.p. 108. For marriage by capture among the Australians, cf. also Montgomery, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 153, et seq.; Oldfield, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol iii. p. 250; Sturt, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 283; Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 773. 2275 Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 813. 2276 Taylor, loc. cit. p. 336. 2277 Williams and Calvert, loc. cit. p. 149. 2278 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 138. 2279 Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. p. 191. 2280 Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 396. 2281 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 183. Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 69, 133, 415. 2282 Bodo, Hos, Mundas, KÚrmis (Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 86, 192, 194, 319), Bhils, KÁttis, OrÁons (Rowney, loc. cit. pp. 37, 46, 81), Gonds (Forsyth, loc. cit. pp. 149, et seq.), Chittagong Hill tribes (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 92), Savaras (Fawcett, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Soc. Bombay,’ vol. i.p. 235). 2283 Burckhardt, loc. cit. pp. 61, 62, 150, 153. According to Professor Robertson Smith (loc. cit. p. 72), instances of marriage by capture might be accumulated to an indefinite extent from Arabian history and tradition. At the time of Mohammed the practice was universal. 2284 Huc, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 185. 2285 Kirghiz (Atkinson, ‘Travels in the Regions of the Upper and Lower Amoor,’ pp. 250, et seq.), Chulims (Georgi, loc. cit. p. 231), Mordvins (Mainoff, ‘Mordvankansan hÄÄtapoja’). 2286 Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. ii. p. 121. 2287 CastrÉn, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 168. 2288 Buch, loc. cit. p. 62. 2289 Teptyars, Tartars of Crimea (VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ pp. 523, 541), Ostyaks (CastrÉn, vol. ii. p. 57), Cheremises, Voguls (Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 56, 67). 2290 v. DÜben, loc. cit. pp. 200, 310. 2291 Willigerod, ‘Geschichte Ehstlands,’ p.9. v. Schroeder, loc. cit. p. 19. 2292 ‘Kanteletar,’ book iii. song 22. Topelius, ‘De modo matrimonia jungendi apud Fennos quondam vigente,’ pp. 28-30. CastrÉn, in ‘LitterÄra SoirÉer,’ 1849, p. 13. 2293 ‘Tidningar utgifne af et SÄllskap i Äbo,’ 1778, no. 148. Heikel, in ‘Helsingfors Dagblad,’ 1881, nos. 66, 91. Ahlqvist, ‘KulturwÖrter,’ p. 204. 2294 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ book iii. vv. 26, 33. 2295 Dionysius of Halicarnassus, ‘??a??? ???a???????,’ book ii. ch. xxx. § 5. 2296 Plutarch, ‘?????????,’ ch. xv. 2297 v. Zmigrodzki, loc. cit. p. 250. 2298 Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 329. 2299 Ortolan, ‘Histoire de la LÉgislation romaine,’ p. 81. 2300 Dargun, loc. cit. pp. 111-140. Cf. Grimm, loc. cit. p. 440; NordstrÖm, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 12; Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i. pp. 308-310. 2301 Olaus Magnus, ‘Historia de Gentibus Septentrionalibus,’ p. 328. 2302 Kames, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 450. Cf. Lewis, loc. cit. p. 197; Rhys, in ‘Trans. Intern. Folk-Lore Congress, 1891,’ p. 289. 2303 Macieiowski, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 189. 2304 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 190. ‘Globus,’ vol. v.p. 317. Kulischer, ‘Intercommunale Ehe durch Raub und Kauf,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x. pp. 206-208. Kovalevsky, in ‘Folk-Lore,’ vol. i. pp. 476, et seq. Wolkov, in ‘L’Anthropologie,’ vol. iii. p. 578. 2305 Krauss, loc. cit. ch. xiv. 2306 Olaus Magnus, pp. 481, et seq. 2307 de Gaya, ‘Marriage Ceremonies,’ p. 45. 2308 Cf. the works of McLennan, Tylor, Lubbock, Post, and Dargun, and the essays of Kulischer (in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x.) and Kohler (‘Studien Über Frauengemeinschaft, Frauenraub und Frauenkauf,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. v. pp. 334-368). 2309 Jamieson, in ‘The China Review,’ vol. x.p. 95. 2310 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. pp. 623, et seq. Idem, in ‘The Fortnightly Review,’ vol. xxi. pp. 897, et seq. 2311 Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 316, et seq. 2312 Abercromby, ‘Marriage Customs of the Mordvins,’ in ‘Folk-Lore,’ vol. i.p. 454. 2313 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ pp. 74, et seq. 2314 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 265. 2315 In many cases, however, capture takes place merely because the man wishes to lower the price of the bride or to avoid payment (Cf. Abercromby, in ‘Folk-Lore,’ vol. i. pp. 453, et seq.). 2316 Mathew, in ‘Jour. Roy. Soc. N.S. Wales,’ vol. xxiii. p. 407. 2317 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 62, et seq. 2318 Tylor, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xviii. p. 266. 2319 It is hard to understand how Herr Kulischer can have persuaded himself that marriage by purchase, as he says in an essay especially devoted to this question, ‘kann nur bei sehr wenigen der jetzt lebenden Wilden aufgefunden werden’ (Kulischer, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x. p. 210.) 2320 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 107. Cf. Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. pp. 276, 285, 343; Taplin, loc. cit. p. 10; Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 94; Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 79, 84; Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 164. 2321 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 259. 2322 Aleuts (Dall, loc. cit. p. 402), Kaniagmuts (Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 198), Kenai (Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 406, et seq.), Naudowessies (Carver, loc. cit. p. 373), Arawaks (Brett, loc. cit. p. 101), Quito Indians (Juan and de Ulloa, loc. cit. p. 521), Brazilian aborigines (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 107, et seq.), Fuegians (King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 182. Bridges, in ‘A Voice for South America,’ vol. xiii. p. 201). 2323 Bushmans (Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 259), Zulus (‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 48), Basutos (Casalis, loc. cit. p. 183), Banyai (Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 175), &c. (Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i. pp. 378, et seq.). 2324 Nagas of Upper Assam, Kukis, Limbus and Kirantis, Tipperahs (Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 41, 47, 104, 110), Gonds and KorkÚs (Forsyth, loc. cit. pp. 148, et seq.), Bodo and DhimÁls (Hodgson, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xviii. pt. ii. p. 735), Bhils (Hay, ‘The TÚran Mall Hill,’ ibid., vol. xx. p. 507), MrÚs (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 234), Lepchas (Hooker, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 125), Gypsies (Liebich, loc. cit. p. 46), Barabinzes, Koriaks (Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 195, 348), Tunguses, Ainos (Dall, loc. cit. pp. 519, 524), Kamchadales (Steller, loc. cit. p. 343), aboriginal tribes of China (Gray, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 304). 2325 Dyaks (Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 221), Tagalas and Bisayans of the Philippines (Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 14. Jagor, loc. cit. p. 235); also in New Britain (Romilly, in ‘Proc. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ix. p. 8). 2326 Steller, p. 343 (Kamchadales). Jagor, p. 235 (Bisayans). 2327 Starcke, loc. cit. p. 39. 2328 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 721. 2329 Weinhold, ‘Altnordisches Leben,’ p. 242. 2330 v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 215, et seq. (Kafirs). Dalton, loc. cit. p. 43 (Nagas). Borheck, ‘Erdbeschreiburg von Asien,’ vol. i.p. 540 (Tartars of Kazan). Landsell, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 225 (Gilyaks). 2331 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 97 (Ahts). Shooter, loc. cit. p. 50 (Kafirs). Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 448 (TedÂ); vol. ii. p. 177 (Baele). Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 240 (Marea). Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 62 (Arabs of Syria). Georgi, loc. cit. p. 431 (Buriats). Neumann, ‘Russland und die Tscherkessen,’ p. 117 (Circassians). Rowlatt, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiv. pt. ii. p. 488 (Mishmis). Hickson, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 139 (Talauer Islanders). Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 138 (Samoans). Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 210 (Caroline Islanders). 2332 Post, ‘Die AnfÄnge des Staats-und Rechtsleben,’ pp. 41, et seq. 2333 Powers, loc. cit. p. 22. 2334 Macfie, loc. cit. p. 446. 2335 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 654. 2336 Powers, p. 247. 2337 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 214. Cf. Letherman, ‘Sketch of the Navajo Tribe of Indians,’ in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1855, p. 294. 2338 Musters, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 201. Falkner, loc. cit. p. 124. Cf. Lewis and Clarke, loc. cit. p. 307 (Shoshones); Dobrizhoffer, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 207 (Abipones). 2339 v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 215. Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 206. 2340 Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 341. 2341 Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 623. 2342 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 187. 2343 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 133. 2344 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1026. 2345 CailliÉ, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 348. 2346 Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 114, 231. 2347 VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 505. 2348 Huc, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 185. ‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 144. Georgi, loc. cit. p. 79. 2349 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 132. 2350 Griffiths, ‘Journals of Travels,’ p. 35. 2351 Forbes, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 11. 2352 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 210. 2353 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 93. 2354 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 92. 2355 Yurok, Patwin (Powers, loc. cit. pp. 56, 221), Wakamba (Hildebrandt, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x.p. 401), Bedouins of Mount Sinai (Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 152), Mishmis (Cooper, loc. cit. pp. 236, et seq.), Lepchas (Rowney, loc. cit. p. 139), Papuans of New Guinea (Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. vii. p. 371). 2356 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 86. 2357 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. pp. 266, 337, 416. 2358 Gray, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 193. Jamieson, in ‘The China Review,’ vol. x. p. 78, note *. 2359 KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p. 120. 2360 Robertson Smith, loc. cit. pp. 78, et seq. Ewald, loc. cit. p. 200. Gans, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 128. 2361 ‘Ruth,’ ch. iv. v. 10. ‘Hosea,’ ch. iii. v.2. 2362 Michaelis, ‘Commentaries on the Laws of Moses,’ vol. i.p. 451. 2363 LÜttke, ‘Der Islam,’ p. 119. Warnkoenig, ‘Juristiche EncyclopÄdie,’ p. 167. Unger, ‘Die Ehe in ihrer welthistorischen Entwicklung,’ pp. 46, et seq. 2364 Herodotus, loc. cit. book i. ch. 196. 2365 Koenigswarter, ‘Études historiques sur le dÉveloppement de la sociÉtÉ humaine,’ p. 22. 2366 CastrÉn, in ‘LitterÄra SoirÉer,’ 1849, p. 13. Cf. Porthan, in ‘Kongliga Vitterhets, Historie och Antiquitets Akademiens Handlingar,’ vol. iv. p. 19; Topelius, loc. cit. §§ 8-10. 2367 ‘Kalevala,’ runo xviii. vv. 643, et seq.; runo xxii. vv. 49, et seq. ‘Kanteletar,’ book i. songs 133, 156; book iii. song viii. vv. 20, 39. 2368 Heikel, in ‘Helsingfors Dagblad,’ 1881, no. 68. 2369 v. Schroeder, loc. cit. pp. 27-29. 2370 Winternitz, in ‘Trans. Intern. Folk-Lore Congress, 1891,’ p. 287. 2371 Zimmer, loc. cit. p. 310. 2372 Dubois, loc. cit. p. 102. 2373 Aristotle, ‘?? p???t???,’ book ii. ch. 8. 2374 Herodotus, loc. cit. book v. ch. 6. 2375 Cf. Koenigswarter, ‘Études historiques,’ p. 28. 2376 Geijer, ‘Svenska folkets historia,’ in ‘Samlade skrifter,’ vol. v.p. 88. 2377 Laband, ‘Die rechtliche Stellung der Frauen im altrÖmischen und germanischen Recht,’ in ‘Zeitschr. fÜr VÖlkerpsychologie und Sprachwissenschaft,’ vol. iii. p. 154. Olivecrona, loc. cit. p. 150. 2378 Friedberg, ‘Das Recht der Eheschliessung,’ pp. 33, 38. 2379 Schmidt, ‘Sitten und GebrÄuche in ThÜringen,’ pp. 13, et seq. 2380 Schrader, loc. cit. p. 381. 2381 Cf. Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 80, 87. 2382 O’Curry, ‘The Manners and Customs of the Ancient Irish,’ Sullivan’s Introduction, vol. i. pp. clxxiv. et seq. 2383 Ewers, ‘Das Älteste Recht der Russen,’ p. 226 (Russians). Macieiowski, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 195 (Bohemians and Pomeranians). Krauss, loc. cit. p. 273 (South Slavonians). Kovalevsky, in ‘Folk-Lore,’ vol. i. pp. 478, et seq. Wolkov, in ‘L’Anthropologie,’ vol. ii. p. 168. 2384 Krauss, p. 275. 2385 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 28. 2386 Bickmore, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 20. Cf. Dixon, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xi. pt. i.p. 43. 2387 v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 31. 2388 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 109, et seq. 2389 Petroff, loc. cit. p. 161. 2390 Powers, loc. cit. p. 238. 2391 Schweinfurth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 31. Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i.p. 355. 2392 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 176. 2393 Riedel, loc. cit. p. 270. 2394 Le Mesurier, in ‘Jour. Roy. As. Soc. Ceylon Branch,’ vol. ix. p. 340. Cf. Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 441; Knox, ‘Historical Relation of the Island of Ceylon,’ p. 126. 2395 Hartshorne, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. viii. p. 320. 2396 Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 317. 2397 Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 210. Cheyne, loc. cit. p. 119 (Bornabi). 2398 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 333. 2399 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 101. 2400 Ellis, ‘Hawaii,’ p. 414. 2401 Angas, ‘Polynesia,’ p. 274. 2402 Wilkes, vol. ii. p. 138. Prichard, loc. cit. p. 136. Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 93. Williams, ‘Missionary Enterprises,’ p. 538. 2403 Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 157. Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 270. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 126. 2404 v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 153. 2405 New Guinea (Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 396. d’Albertis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 396), New Britain (Romilly, loc. cit. p. 27. Powell, loc. cit. p. 84), Solomon Islands (Elton, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 95), New Hebrides (Macdonald, ‘Oceania,’ p. 194. Meinicke, ‘Die Inseln des stillen Oceans,’ vol. i.p. 203), New Caledonia (Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 367), Fiji (Wilkes, vol. iii. p. 92. Cf., however, Williams and Calvert, loc. cit. pp. 144, et seq.), Tukopia (Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. p. 191), Melanesia in general (Codrington, loc. cit. p. 240). 2406 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 343. 2407 Peschel, loc. cit. pp. 209, et seq. 2408 LabillardiÈre, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 276. 2409 Weddell, loc. cit. p. 153. 2410 Hawkesworth, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 634; vol. i.p. 373. 2411 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 340. 2412 Koenigswarter, ‘Études historiques,’ p. 53. 2413 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 625. 2414 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 98. 2415 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 633. 2416 Lubbock, ‘The Origin of Civilisation,’ p. 113. 2417 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 182. 2418 Smith, ‘The Araucanians,’ p. 215. 2419 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 86. 2420 Taylor, loc. cit. pp. 336, et seq. 2421 Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. ii. p. 121. 2422 See ante, p. 40. 2423 Aleuts (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 92), AchomÂwi in California (Powers, loc. cit. p. 270), Araucanians (Alcedo-Thompson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 416. PÖppig, ‘Reise in Chile,’ vol. i. pp. 383, et seq.), Samoans (Prichard, loc. cit. p. 139), Barea and KunÁma (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 487), Kandhs (Percival, loc. cit. pp. 345, et seq.), Igorrotes of Ysarog (Jagor, loc. cit. p. 172), Samoyedes (Pallas, ‘MerkwÜrdigkeiten der obischen Ostjakken, Samoyeden,’ &c., p. 66). 2424 Cf. d’Albertis, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 395, 396, 414, et seq. (inhabitants of Naiabui in New Guinea, and of Yule Island); Jagor, loc. cit. p. 235 (Bisayans); McNair, loc. cit. p. 232 (Malays of Perak); Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 178 (Burmese); Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 148 (Gonds); VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 230 (Central Asiatic Turks); Ahlqvist, ‘KulturwÖrter,’ p. 203 (Turkish and Finnish peoples); CastrÉn, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 126 (Ostyaks); Park, loc. cit. p. 220 (Mandingoes); Merolla da Sorrento, loc. cit. p. 235 (Negroes of Sogno). 2425 Shooter, loc. cit. p. 49. 2426 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 277. Cf. v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 215, et seq. Kafirs. 2427 Karok, Yurok (Powers, loc. cit. pp. 22, 56). 2428 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. vv. 23-25. 2429 Ibid., ch. iii. v. 51. Cf. ibid., ch. ix. vv. 93, 98. 2430 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v. 29. 2431 Ibid., ch. iii. v. 53. 2432 Cf. Jolly, ‘Die rechtliche Stellung der Frauen bei den alten Indern,’ in ‘Sitzungsberichte der philosophisch-philologischen und historischen Classe der Akademie der Wissenschaften zu MÜnchen,’ 1876, p. 433. 2433 Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 92, 146, 248, 250, &c. 2434 Grimm, loc. cit. p. 424. 2435 LaferriÈre, ‘Histoire du droit civil de Rome et du droit franÇais,’ vol. iii. p. 156. Koenigswarter, ‘Études historiques,’ p. 33. 2436 Olivecrona, loc. cit. pp. 57, 152, 158. 2437 Gans, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 138. 2438 Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. v.p. 359. 2439 Cf. Topelius, in ‘LitterÄra SoirÉer,’ 1850, p. 326. 2440 ‘Kalevala,’ runo xviii. vv. 643, et seq. ‘Kanteletar,’ book iii. song viii. vv. 23-25. 2441 Jamieson, in ‘The China Review,’ vol. x.p. 78, note *. 2442 Koenigswarter, ‘Études historiques,’ p. 33. Idem, ‘Histoire de l’organisation de la famille,’ p. 123. Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i.p. 320. 2443 Mayne, ‘Hindu Law and Usage,’ p. 82. 2444 Smith, Wayte, and Marindin, ‘Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities,’ vol. i.p. 691. 2445 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. pp. 11, et seq. 2446 KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p. 123. 2447 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xviii. 2448 Grimm, loc. cit. p. 429. 2449 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v. 54. 2450 Mayr, ‘Das indische Erbrecht,’ p. 170. Mayne, ‘Hindu Law and Usage,’ p. 82. 2451 Dubois, loc. cit. p. 103. 2452 Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 220. Hermann-BlÜmner, loc. cit. pp. 262, 266. Becker, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 471. 2453 Ginoulhiac, ‘Histoire du rÉgime dotal,’ pp. 187, et seq. Laboulaye, ‘Histoire du droit de propriÉtÉ fonciÈre en Occident,’ pp. 403, et seq. 2454 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xviii. 2455 Olivecrona, loc. cit. p. 152. Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i. p. 325. 2456 Ginoulhiac, pp. 198, et seq. 2457 Olivecrona, p. 57. 2458 In Germany and Switzerland, the practice of presenting a morning gift has been kept up till the present time (Eichhorn, ‘Einleitung in das deutsche Privatrecht,’ p. 726. Bluntschli, ‘Staats-und Rechtsgeschichte der Stadt und Landschaft ZÜrich,’ vol. ii. pp. 164, et seq.) 2459 Schlyter, ‘Juridiska afhandlingar,’ vol. i.p. 201. Schlegel, ‘Om Morgongavens Oprindelse,’ in ‘AstrÆa,’ vol. ii. pp. 189, et seq. Koenigswarter, ‘Histoire de l’organisation de la famille,’ p. 123. The old purchase-money which the husband was obliged to give to the bride, was also represented by the fictitious dowry preserved in the rituals of the Church till the sixteenth century. M. Martene mentions a ritual of the Church of Reims, of 1585, in which the bridegroom, at the moment of putting the nuptial ring on the finger of the bride, placed three deniers in her hand (Koenigswarter, p. 174, note 4). 2460 Ginoulhiac, p. 202. Warnkoenig and Stein, ‘FranzÖsische Staats- und Rechtsgeschichte,’ vol. ii. p. 257. 2461 ‘Ancient Laws of Ireland,’ vol. i.p. 155; vol. iv. p. 63. 2462 O’Curry, loc. cit. Sullivan’s Introduction, vol. i. pp. clxxiii. et seq. 2463 Schrader, loc. cit. p. 382. Cf. Kovalevsky, in ‘Folk-Lore,’ vol. i. pp. 479, et seq. 2464 Herodotus, loc. cit. book i. ch. 196. 2465 SaalschÜtz, ‘Das mosaische Recht,’ vol. ii. p. 736. Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten,’ &c., vol. ii. pp. 342, et seq. 2466 ‘Genesis,’ ch. xxiv. v. 53. 2467 Robertson Smith, loc. cit. p. 98. 2468 Ibid., pp. 78, 91, 100. Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten,’ &c., vol. ii. pp. 353, et seq. Unger, loc. cit. p. 47. Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. v.p. 358. 2469 Bechuanas (Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 192), Aenezes (Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 62). The Laplanders, according to Laestadius (‘Ett lappfrieri,’ in ‘Svenska folkets seder,’ p. 125), take presents for their daughters, but do not consider it honourable to receive money. 2470 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 654. 2471 Sproat, loc. cit. p. 98. 2472 Musters, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 201. 2473 Cooper, loc. cit. p. 236. Griffith, loc. cit. p. 35. 2474 Riedel, loc. cit. p. 68. 2475 Schadenberg, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 12. 2476 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 387. 2477 Harkness, loc. cit. pp. 116, et seq. 2478 Tuski (Dall, loc. cit. p. 381), Thlinkets (Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 315), Chinooks (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 337), Chippewas (Keating, loc. cit. vol ii. p. 157), Shoshones (Lewis and Clarke, loc. cit. p. 307), Miwok (Powers, loc. cit. p. 354), QuichÉ (Morelet, loc. cit. p. 257), Budduma, Ted (Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 370, 448), Todas (Marshall, loc. cit. p. 211), Central Asiatic Turks (VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ pp. 233, et seq.), Laplanders (v. DÜben, loc. cit. p. 200), Papuans of Dorey (Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ p. 102), Samoans (Prichard, loc. cit. pp. 139, et seq. Turner, ‘Samoa,’ pp. 93, 96), Nukahivans (v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 153). 2479 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 66. Seemann, ‘Voyage of Herald,’ vol. ii. p. 66. 2480 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 238. 2481 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 92. For other similar instances, see Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 522 (Somals); Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 324 (Beni-Amer); Baker, ‘The Nile Tributaries,’ p. 124 (Arabs of Upper Egypt); Hanoteau and Letourneux, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 161 (Kabyles); Proyart, loc. cit. p. 569 (Negroes of Loango); CailliÉ, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 349 (Mandingoes); Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 192 (Bechuanas). 2482 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 90. 2483 Moore, loc. cit. p. 181. 2484 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 62. 2485 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 333. 2486 Cooper, loc. cit. p. 236. 2487 Georgi, loc. cit. p. 182. 2488 Ibid., p. 55. 2489 Negroes of Accra (Daniell, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. iv. p. 12), Tartars of Kazan (VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 433) and Orenburg (Georgi, p. 103), Tunguses (ibid., p. 324), and other semi-civilized peoples belonging to the Russian Empire. For African peoples, see Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i.p. 417. 2490 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 240. 2491 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. ix. vv. 194, et seq. 2492 In Gautama’s time, however, the ‘Çulka,’ did not belong to the ‘strÎdhan’ (Mayr, ‘Das indische Erbrecht,’ p. 170). 2493 Macnaghten, ‘Principles of Hindu Law,’ pp. 33, et seq. Steele, loc. cit. p.67. 2494 Cauvet, in ‘Revue de lÉgislation,’ vol. xxiv. p. 154. 2495 Cauvet, in ‘Revue de lÉgislation,’ vol. xxiv. p. 155. Meier and SchÖmann, ‘Der attische Process,’ pp. 518, et seq. Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten,’ &c., vol. ii. pp. 345, et seq. Hermann-BlÜmner, loc. cit. p. 265. Smith, Wayte, and Marindin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 692. 2496 Potter, ‘Archaeologia Graeca,’ vol. ii. p. 273. 2497 Ginoulhiac, loc. cit. p. 70. Sohm, ‘Institutionen des rÖmischen Rechts,’ p. 281. Laboulaye, ‘Recherches sur la condition des femmes,’ P. 38. 2498 Laboulaye, p. 39. Ginoulhiac, loc. cit. p. 70. LaferriÈre, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 223. 2499 Laboulaye, ‘Recherches,’ pp. 39-41. Idem, ‘Histoire du droit de propriÉtÉ fonciÈre,’ pp. 183-185. Smith, Wayte, and Marindin, vol. i. p. 693. Sohm, p. 282. 2500 Maine, ‘Early History of Institutions,’ pp. 338. 2501 Eccius, in v. Holtzendorff, ‘EncyclopÄdie der Rechtswissenschaft,’ pt. ii. vol. i. pp. 412, et seq. 2502 Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i.p. 331. Idem, ‘Altnordisches Leben,’ pp. 241, et seq. 2503 Olivecrona, loc. cit. p. 51. NordstrÖm, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 50. 2504 Macieiowski, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 214-218. 2505 O’Curry, loc. cit. Sullivan’s Introduction, vol. i. pp. clxxii., clxxviii. Lewis, loc. cit. pp. 8, et seq. 2506 Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten,’ &c., vol. ii. pp. 342-344. 2507 Macnaghten, ‘Principles of Muhammadan Law,’ p. xxxv. Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 218. 2508 Lane, vol. i.p. 138, note †. 2509 Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 370. 2510 Kenai (Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 407), Thlinkets (Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 315), Ahts (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 197), Creeks (Hawkins, in ‘Trans. American Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i. p. 66), Kingsmill Islanders (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 101), Siamese (Moore, loc. cit. p. 169), Kukis (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 254), Abyssinians (Lobo, loc. cit. p. 26), people of Madagascar (Rochon, loc. cit. p. 747), Touaregs (Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 181). 2511 Cf. Heriot, loc. cit. p. 335 (North American Indians); Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 270 (Tahitians); Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 110 (Negroes); Burton, ‘The Lake Regions of Central Africa,’ vol. ii. p. 332 (East Africans); Post, ‘Afrikanische Jurisprudenz,’ vol. i.p. 376 (several African peoples); Huc, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 185 (Tartars); Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 67, et seq. (Voguls). 2512 Cf. NordenskiÖld, ‘GrÖnland,’ p. 508 (Greenlanders); v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 115 (Brazilian aborigines); Bove, loc. cit. p. 132 (Fuegians); Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 522 (Somals); Marshall, loc. cit. p. 212 (Todas); Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. i.p. 70 (Mongols); Pallas, ‘MerkwÜrdigkeiten der Morduanen, Kasaken,’ &c., p. 262 (Kalmucks); Post, ‘Die AnfÄnge des Staats-und Rechtsleben,’ pp. 54, et seq. 2513 Cf. Last, in ‘Proc. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. v.p. 532 (Masai); Metz, loc. cit. p. 87 (Badagas); Davy, loc. cit. p. 286 (Sinhalese). 2514 It is remarkable that dowry is unknown among the Chinese, whereas, in the wild aboriginal tribes of China, it is usual for wives among the wealthy families to receive marriage portions (Gray, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 304). 2515 Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten,’ vol. ii. p. 344. 2516 ‘The KorÂn,’ sura iv. v.3. 2517 Potter, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 268. Cauvet, in ‘Revue de lÉgislation,’ vol. xxiv. p. 152. Cf. Meier and ShÖmann, loc. cit. pp. 513, et seq. 2518 Isaeus, ‘pe?? t?? ?????? ??????,’ § 51, p. 43. 2519 Aristotle, loc. cit. book ii. ch. ix. § 11. 2520 Laboulaye, ‘Recherches,’ pp. 38, et seq. Ginoulhiac, loc. cit. pp. 66, et seq. Meier and SchÖmann, pp. 513, et seq. 2521 Smith, Wayte, and Marindin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 693. Mayer, ‘Die Rechte der Israeliten,’ &c., vol. ii. p. 347. 2522 Ginoulhiac, loc. cit. p. 103. 2523 For dos necessaria in Germany during the Middle Ages, see Mittermaier, ‘GrundsÄtze des gemeinen deutschen Privatrechts,’ vol. ii. p.3. 2524 Eccius, in v. Holtzendorff, ‘EncyclopÄdie der Rechtswissenschaft,’ pt. ii. vol. i.p. 414. 2525 ‘Code NapolÉon,’ art. 204. 2526 Maine, ‘Early History of Institutions,’ p. 339. 2527 Euripides, ‘??de?a,’ vv. 231-235. 2528 Hall, loc. cit. p. 567. Cf. Lyon, loc. cit. p. 352; Dall, loc. cit. p. 139. 2529 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 223. 2530 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 132. 2531 Kaniagmuts (Lisiansky, loc. cit. pp. 198, et seq.), Aleuts (Coxe, loc. cit. p. 230. v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 47. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 92), Mahlemuts (Bancroft, vol. i.p. 81), Chippewyans (Richardson, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 24), Chippewas (Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 157), Creeks (Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 268), Moxes, Iroquois (Heriot, loc. cit. pp. 326, 332), Navajos (Letherman, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1855, p. 294), Arawaks (Brett, loc. cit. p. 101), Muras (Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 512), Tupis, Chiriguana (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 422, et seq.), Patagonians (Falkner, loc. cit. p. 124), Fuegians (Bove, loc. cit. p. 132). 2532 Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ p. 62. 2533 Elton, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 94. 2534 Breton, loc. cit. p. 398. 2535 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 107. 2536 St. Andrew St. John, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. p. 239. 2537 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 57. 2538 Ibid., p. 19. 2539 Dall, loc. cit. p. 524. 2540 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1026. 2541 SchÖn and Crowther, ‘Journals,’ p. 162. 2542 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 49. 2543 Tartars (Huc, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 186), people of Bornu (Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. iii. p. 31, note), Bazes (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 525), Copts (Lane, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 331). 2544 Bent, ‘The Cyclades,’ p. 137. 2545 Bakongo (MÖller, Pagels, and Gleerup, loc. cit. p. 270), &c. 2546 Tuski, Kaniagmuts (Dall, pp. 381, 402), &c. 2547 Post, ‘Die Grundlagen des Rechts,’ p. 240. 2548 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 105. See Lippert, ‘Kulturgeschichte,’ vol. ii. pp. 141, et seq.; Mantegazza, ‘GeschlechtsverhÄltnisse des Menschen,’ ch. xiii. 2549 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 216. 2550 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. iv. p. 405. 2551 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 251. Dubois, loc. cit. p. 107. v. Schroeder, loc. cit. p. 82. Mantegazza, p. 287. de Gubernatis, ‘Storia comparata degli usi nuziali,’ p. 168. 2552 v. Eschwege, ‘Journal von Brasilien,’ vol. i.p. 96. 2553 KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p. 115. For instances of eating and drinking together as a marriage ceremony, see Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. iv. pp. 387-405; v. Schroeder, pp. 82-84; Riedel, loc. cit. p. 460; Winternitz, ‘On a Comparative Study of Indo-European Customs,’ in ‘Trans. Intern. Folk-Lore Congress, 1891,’ pp. 280, et seq.; de Gubernatis, p. 168. 2554 v. Schroeder, p. 84. 2555 Winternitz, loc. cit. p. 282. Cf. Haas, ‘Die HeirathsgebrÄuche der alten Inder,’ in Weber, ‘Indische Studien,’ vol. v. pp. 310, et seq. (Hindus). 2556 Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ ser. v. vol. iv. p. 409. 2557 Low, cited by Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ ser. v. vol. iv. p. 409. 2558 Steel, ‘On the Khasia Tribe,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 308. 2559 Bailey, ibid., N.S. vol. ii. pp. 293, et seq. 2560 Colebrooke, ‘The Religious Ceremonies of the Hindus,’ in ‘Asiatick Researches,’ vol. vii. p. 309. 2561 Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 149. 2562 Lubbock, ‘The Origin of Civilisation,’ p. 84. Cf. Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ p. 86 (Wukas of New Guinea). 2563 Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 131, 220, 319. 2564 Taplin, loc. cit. p. 12. 2565 Soyaux, loc. cit. p. 161. Cf. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 392 (Arawaks). 2566 Forbes, ‘Dahomey and the Dahomans,’ vol. i.p. 26. 2567 Krauss, loc. cit. p. 385. 2568 Meiners, ‘Vergleichung des Ältern und neuern Russlandes,’ vol. ii. pp. 167, et seq. 2569 The wedding-ring was in use among the ancient Hindus (Haas, in Weber, ‘Indische Studien,’ vol. v.p. 299). According to Mr. Hooper (loc. cit. p. 390), it is also found among the Indians of James’s Bay. 2570 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 290. 2571 Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 222. 2572 Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 150. 2573 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 334. 2574 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 91. 2575 Ibid., vol. iii. p. 92. This description, however, does not agree with those given by Williams and Erskine (see Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 632). 2576 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 271. 2577 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 101. 2578 Stewart, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxiv. pp. 639, et seq. 2579 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 129. 2580 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 64. 2581 Meyer, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1883, p. 385. 2582 VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 161. 2583 Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iii. pp. 169, et seq. For other instances of religious marriage ceremonies, see ibid., vol. iii. p. 281 (Negroes of Congo); Georgi, loc. cit. p. 41 (Chuvashes); Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 307 (Mussus); Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 276 (Humphrey’s Islanders). 2584 Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 183. 2585 Lewin, p. 175. 2586 Gonds, KÚrmis (Dalton, pp. 201, 319), &c. 2587 Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. i.p. 70. 2588 VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ pp. 339, 459, et seq. 2589 Sinhalese (Davy, loc. cit. p. 285), Naickers (Kearns, ‘KalyÁn’a Shat’anku,’ p. 54), Gonds and KorkÚs (Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 149), Khyoungtha (Lewin, loc. cit. pp. 126, et seq.), Siamese (Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 183), Kalmucks (Georgi, loc. cit. p. 411), Chinese (Wells Williams, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 785), Japanese (KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p. 121), ancient Mexicans (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 132). In this connection should also be noticed the ‘lucky days,’ when matrimony in general is concluded under the best auspices. In China, these are especially marked in the almanacks (Montgomery, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 268). The spring season and the last month in the year are regarded as the most fortunate nuptial periods in that country (Wells Williams, vol. i.p. 791), whereas the ninth month is considered very unpropitious (Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 187). Among the Bedouins of Mount Sinai (Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 152), the Egyptians (Lane, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 222, et seq.), and the Mohammedan negroes of Senegambia (Reade, loc. cit. p. 453), Friday is esteemed the most fortunate day for marriage; while the Copts generally marry on the night preceding Sunday (Lane, vol. ii. p. 331). In India, the month Phalguna was considered the luckiest period (v. Bohlen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 148), and in Morocco, as I am informed by Dr. Churcher, the month called Moolood (birth of Mohammed). Again, in Thuringia, marriages are generally contracted at the time of the full moon (Schmidt, ‘Sitten und GebrÄuche in ThÜringen,’ p. 28); whilst in Orkney and Esthonia, no couple would consent to marry except at the time of the crescent moon. The same superstition prevailed among the ancient Hindus, Greeks, and Germans (v. Schroeder, loc. cit. p. 50). In Scotland, formerly, nearly all avoided contracting marriage in May, and the Lowlanders were disinclined to marry on Friday (Rogers, loc. cit. p. 112). The Romans considered May and the first half of June an unlucky period (Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 265). In Egypt, it is a common belief that, if any one make a marriage contract in the month of Moharram, the marriage will be unhappy and soon dissolved, hence few persons do so (Lane, vol. i.p. 219, note *). For ‘unlucky days’ among the tribes of the Indian Archipelago, see Wilken, in ‘Bijdragen,’ &c., ser. v. vol. i.p. 380. 2590 Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 370. 2591 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 366. 2592 Ibid., vol. iv. p. 317. de Herrera, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 172. 2593 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 333. 2594 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 70. 2595 Tartars (Huc, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 186), Siamese (Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 185), Kalmucks (Liadov, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i. p. 403). In Japan, on the other hand, the marriage ceremony is entirely of a social nature, no religious element entering into it at all (KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii. p. 123). 2596 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 205. 2597 Ewald, loc. cit. pp. 201, et seq. Cf. Gans, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 140; Frankel, loc. cit. p. xxx. 2598 Pischon, ‘Der Einfluss der IslÂm,’ &c., p. 10. For the modern Persians, see Polak, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 210, et seq. 2599 Glasson, loc. cit. p. 154. 2600 Revillout, ‘Les contrats de mariage Égyptiens,’ in ‘Journal Asiatique,’ ser. vii. vol. x.p. 262. 2601 Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 677. 2602 Haas, in Weber, ‘Indische Studien,’ vol. v. pp. 312-316. Colebrooke, in ‘Asiatick Researches,’ vol. vii. pp. 288-310. 2603 Macnaghten, ‘Principles of Hindu Law,’ p. 46. Cf. Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 202; Colebrooke, pp. 288-311. 2604 Jacobs, ‘Vermischte Schriften,’ vol. iv. pp. 180-182. Potter, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 279. 2605 Rossbach, pp. 222, et seq. For other facts stated, see Becker, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 457; Palmblad, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 258, et seq.; Rossbach, pp. 212, 218, 223, 228. 2606 Weinhold, ‘Deutsche Frauen,’ vol. i.p. 374. Rossbach, p. 231. 2607 Rossbach, p. 111. 2608 Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 121, 122, 128, 143. 2609 Ibid., pp. 294, et seq. 2610 Ibid., p. 237. 2611 Ibid., p. 310. 2612 Ibid., pp. 112, 186. 2613 Ibid., pp. 102, et seq. 2614 Ibid., pp. 256, et seq. 2615 Grimm, loc. cit. pp. 434, et seq. Eichhorn, ‘Deutsche Staats-und Rechtsgeschichte,’ §§ 108, 183. 2616 St. Paul, ‘Ephesians,’ ch. v.v. 32. 2617 v. Scheurl, ‘Das gemeine deutsche Eherecht,’ p. 15. 2618 Glasson, loc. cit. p. 253. 2619 Ibid., p. 282. 2620 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 306, et seq. 2621 Squier, in ‘Trans. American Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i.p. 127. 2622 Powers, loc. cit. p. 157. 2623 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 83. 2624 Olivecrona, loc. cit. pp. 47, 160, et seq. 2625 Powers, loc. cit. pp. 22, et seq. Cf. Sibree, loc. cit. p. 251 (Hovas); Conder, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 94 (Bechuanas). 2626 Rossbach, loc. cit. p. 42. 2627 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v. pp. 654, et seq. 2628 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Ancient Mexicans, &c., p.4. 2629 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 265. 2630 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 310. 2631 Rein, loc. cit. p. 423. KÜchler, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xiii, p. 129. 2632 Ross, loc. cit. p. 315. 2633 ‘Genesis,’ ch. xxvi. v. 34; ch. xxix. vv. 23-28. 2634 ‘i. Kings,’ ch. xi. v.3. 2635 ‘ii. Chronicles,’ ch. xi. vv. 21, 23. 2636 ‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxi. v. 15. Scheppig, in Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Hebrews and Phoenicians, p.8. 2637 Andree, loc. cit. p. 147. 2638 Ibid., pp. 147-149. Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 209. 2639 ‘The KorÂn,’ sura iv. v.3. 2640 Lane Poole, in ‘The Academy,’ vol. v.p. 684. 2641 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 958. d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 68. 2642 Diodorus Siculus, loc. cit. book i. ch. 80. 2643 Wilkinson, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 318, et seq. 2644 Rawlinson, ‘The Five Great Monarchies of the Ancient Eastern World,’ vol. i.p. 505. 2645 Rawlinson, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 319. 2646 Ibid., vol. iii. pp. 216-219. Herodotus, loc. cit. book iii. ch. 68, 88. Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 680. 2647 Jolly, in ‘Sitzungsberichte MÜnch. Akad.,’ 1876, p. 445. 2648 Schrader, loc. cit. p. 387. Zimmer, loc. cit. pp. 324, et seq. 2649 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v. 12; ch. viii. v. 204; ch. ix. vv. 85-87. 2650 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 252. 2651 Becker, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 438, et seq. Jacobs, ‘Vermischte Schriften,’ vol. iv. pp. 215, et seq. 2652 ‘The Iliad,’ book xxi. v. 88. Grote, ‘History of Greece,’ vol. ii. p. 25, note 2. 2653 Smith, Wayte, and Marindin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 525. 2654 Palmblad, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 256. 2655 Rossbach, loc. cit. p.5. 2656 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xviii. 2657 Geijer, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 88. ‘The Heimskringla’ (transl. by Laing and Anderson), vol. i.p. 127. 2658 ‘The Heimskringla,’ vol. i. pp. 127, et seq. 2659 Ewers, loc. cit. p. 106. 2660 Gottlund, ‘Otava,’ vol. i.p. 92. Topelius, loc. cit. p. 45. TengstrÖm, in ‘Joukahainen,’ vol. ii. pp. 130, et seq. 2661 Thierry, ‘Narratives of the Merovingian Era,’ pp. 17-21. Hallam, ‘Europe during the Middle Ages,’ vol. i.p. 420, note 2. 2662 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 665. 2663 v. Hellwald, loc. cit. p. 558. 2664 SaalschÜtz, ‘ArchÄologie der HebrÄer,’ vol. ii. p. 204, note. 2665 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 85. 2666 Serpa Pinto, ‘How I crossed Africa,’ vol. ii. p. 33. 2667 Williams, ‘Missionary Enterprises,’ p. 557. 2668 Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 118. 2669 Reade, loc. cit. p. 44. 2670 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 323. 2671 Morgan, ‘League of the Iroquois,’ p. 324. 2672 Wilkes, loc cit. vol. v.p. 188. Powers, loc. cit. p. 56. 2673 Powers, p. 22. 2674 Domenech, ‘Seven Years’ Residence in the Deserts of North America,‘ vol. ii. p. 305. 2675 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 87. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 661. 2676 Acawoios (Brett, loc. cit. p. 275), Chavantes, Carajos (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 274, 298), CuretÚs, PurupurÚs, MundrucÛs (Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ pp. 509, 515-517), GuaycurÛs (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 472). 2677 Glas, loc. cit. p. 818. Bontier and Le Verrier, loc. cit. Major’s Introduction, p. xxxix. 2678 Price, ‘The Quissama Tribe,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 189. Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 315. 2679 Chavanne, p. 454. 2680 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. pp. 291, et seq. Hartshorne, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. viii. p. 320. 2681 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 135. 2682 Distant, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. iii. p.4. 2683 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 91. Stewart, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxiv. p. 621. 2684 Dalton, pp. 28, 54. Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 370. 2685 Harkness, loc. cit. p. 117. Dalton, pp. 41, 132. Rowney, loc. cit. p. 145. 2686 Lewin, loc. cit. pp. 193, 235, et seq. 2687 Man, ‘Sonthalia,’ p. 15. 2688 Smeaton, ‘The Loyal Karens of Burma,’ p. 81. 2689 Kadams, Ka-kÁu (Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ pp. 72, 80), Mantras (Bourien, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 80), Italones of the Philippines (Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 33), Galela (Riedel, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 77). In Sumatra, a man married by ‘semando,’ i.e., a regular treaty between the parties on the footing of equality, cannot take a second wife without repudiating the first one (Marsden, loc. cit. pp. 263, 270). 2690 Sea Dyaks (Low, loc. cit. p. 195), the Rejang tribe of the Milanowes in Borneo (ibid., p. 342), Kyans of Baram (St. John, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 113), Alfura of Letti (Bickmore, loc. cit. p. 125), Watubela Islanders (Riedel, loc. cit. p. 206). 2691 Meyer, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1883, p. 385. Cf. Foreman, loc. cit. p. 216 (Tinguianes of the Philippines). 2692 Low, p. 300. 2693 Hickson, loc. cit. p. 277. 2694 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 128. 2695 Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ p. 101. Earl, loc. cit. p. 81. 2696 Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 402. 2697 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 371. 2698 Ibid., vol. ii. p. 378. 2699 Certain Californians (Waitz, vol. iv. p. 243), Calidonian Indians (Gisborne, loc. cit. p. 155), Chiriguana, JabaÁna, Paravilhana (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 217, 627, 632), Guaranies (Southey, loc. cit. vol ii. pp. 368, et seq.). 2700 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 416. 2701 v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 31. 2702 Campbell, ‘A Year in the New Hebrides,’ p. 143. 2703 Maclean, loc. cit. p. 44. 2704 Last, in ‘Proceed. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. v.p. 533. 2705 Phillips, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 225. 2706 Proyart, loc. cit. pp. 568, et seq. 2707 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 108. Chavanne, ‘Reisen und Forschungen im Kongostaate,’ pp. 398, et seq. (BafiÓte tribe). Grade, in ‘Aus allen Welttheilen,’ vol. xx. p. 6 (people of the Togoland). 2708 Barrow, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 206. Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 261, et seq. 2709 Holub, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 302. 2710 Thunberg, loc. cit. p. 141. Kretzschmar, loc. cit. p. 209. 2711 Archdeacon Hodgson, in a letter. 2712 Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. iv. p. 497. 2713 Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 447. 2714 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 248. 2715 Ibid., p. 326. 2716 Takue, Bazes (ibid., pp. 209, 524), Arabs and Berbs of Morocco (Rohlfs, ‘Mein erster Aufenthalt in Marokko,’ p. 68). 2717 Honateau and Letourneux, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 167. 2718 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 252. 2719 Munzinger, p. 326. 2720 d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 250. Pischon, loc. cit. p. 13. Burton, ‘Sindh Revisited,’ vol. i.p. 340. Burckhardt, loc. cit. pp. 61, 158 (Arabs). Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 209 (Persians). 2721 AmÍr’ AlÍ, loc. cit. pp. 29, et seq. 2722 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 251. Rowney, loc. cit. pp. 68, 158 (Kols, Abors). Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 110, 216 (Tipperahs, Santals). Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 282 (Kotars). Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 355 (Kaupuis). Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 148 (Gonds and KorkÚs). Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 74 (Burmese). Bock, ‘Temples and Elephants,’ p. 186 (Laosians). Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 292 (Shans). Buddhism disapproves of polygyny, though it does not wholly prohibit it (Fytche, vol. ii. pp. 73, et seq.). 2723 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 184. 2724 Kirghiz (Finch, ‘Reise nach West-Sibirien,’ p. 167), Galchas (de Ujfalvy, ‘Le Kohistan,’ p. 16), Kalmucks (Pallas, ‘MerkwÜrdigkeiten der Morduanen, Kasaken, KalmÜcken,’ &c., pp. 263, et seq.), Tartars, Tunguses, Kamchadales (Georgi, loc. cit. pp. 103, 116, 118, 324, 341), Chukchi (NordenskiÖld, ‘Vergas fÄrd kring Asien och Europa,’ vol. ii. p. 142), Samoyedes (‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 144), Ostyaks (Latham, ‘Descriptive Ethnology,’ vol. i.p. 457), Mordvins and Cheremises (‘Äbo Tidningar,’ 1794, no. 51), Ossetes (v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 402), &c. 2725 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 76, et seq. 2726 Raffles, ‘The History of Java,’ vol. i.p. 81. Low, loc. cit. p. 147. Boyle, loc. cit. pp. 25, et seq. Marsden, loc. cit. p. 270. Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 40, note 1. Forbes, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv. p. 124. Schadenberg, quoted by Blumentritt, loc. cit. p.7. 2727 Curr, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 196, 361; vol. iii. p. 36. Freycinet, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 766. Hodgson, loc. cit. p. 213. Cameron, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiv. p. 352. Bonney, ibid., vol. xiii. p. 135. Bonwick, ibid., vol. xvi. p. 205. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 771. 2728 Curr, vol. i.p. 252. 2729 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 386. Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ p. 71. Calder, ‘The Native Tribes of Tasmania,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. iii. p. 22. 2730 Dieffenbach, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 37. 2731 Ellis, ‘Tour through Hawaii,’ p. 414. Cf. Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 128. 2732 New Guinea (Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ p. 82. Lawes, in ‘Proceed. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 614. Stone, ‘A Few Months in New Guinea,’ p. 93. Thomson, ‘British New Guinea,’ p. 193. Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 396. Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. vii. p. 370), New Hanover (Strauch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. ix. p. 62), New Ireland (‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 29), Solomon Islands (Elton, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. vii. p. 95), Tana of the New Hebrides (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 317), Fiji (Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 400), Caroline Group (‘Deutsche Rundschau fÜr Geographie und Statistik,’ vol. viii. p. 65), Pelew Islands (‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 333), Tonga (Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. i.p. 401), Tahiti (ibid., vol. ii. p. 157), Nukahiva (v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 153), &c. 2733 Eskimo (Lyon, loc. cit. p. 352. Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 263. Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 147. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 308), Mahlemuts (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 81), Ingaliks (Dall, loc. cit. p. 196), Chippewyans (Richardson, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 23), Tacullies (Bancroft, vol. i.p. 123), Ahts (Sproat, loc. cit. p. 98), Nutkas (Maine, ‘British Columbia and Vancouver Island,’ p. 276), Chinooks (Bancroft, vol. i.p. 241), Mandans (Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 119), other North American tribes (Heriot, loc. cit. pp. 551, et seq. Harmon, loc. cit. pp. 292, 339. Buchanan, ‘North American Indians,’ p. 338), Moxes (Heriot, p. 326), Mosquitoes (Bancroft, vol. i.p. 733, note 37), Indians of Guiana (Schomburgk, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 270), PassÉs, UaupÉs, MacusÍs (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 511, 600, 642), Coroados (Hensel, ‘Die Coroados der brasilianischen Provinz Rio Grande do Sul,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. i. p. 130), Botocudos (v. Tschudi, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 283), and other Brazilian tribes (v. Martius, vol. i.p. 104), Minuanes, Pampas, Guanas, Mbayas (Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 33, 44, 95, 114), Abipones (Dobrizhoffer, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 138), Patagonians (Musters, loc. cit. p. 187). 2734 Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 321, note 1. 2735 v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 133. Bancroft, vol. i.p. 110. 2736 Ling Roth, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. 272. 2737 Spencer, ‘Descriptive Sociology,’ Hebrews and Phoenicians, p.8. Cf. SaalschÜtz, ‘Das mosaische Recht,’ vol. ii. p. 727; Andree, loc. cit. pp. 146, et seq.; Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 251. 2738 Wilkinson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 318. Herodotus, loc. cit. book ii. ch. 92. 2739 Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 677. 2740 Maine, ‘Early Law and Custom,’ p. 235. Schrader, loc. cit. p. 388. 2741 Tacitus, loc. cit. ch. xviii. 2742 Dutt, ‘Hindu Civilisation of the Brahmana Period,’ in ‘The Calcutta Review,’ vol. lxxxv. p. 266. Kaegi, ‘The Rigveda,’ p. 15. Roth, ‘On the Morality of the Veda,’ in ‘Jour. American Oriental Soc.,’ vol iii. p. 339. 2743 ‘Rig-Veda SanhitÁ,’ mandala ii. sÚkta 39. 2744 Egede, loc. cit. pp. 138, et seq. 2745 Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 313. 2746 Ibid., vol. iv. p. 399. 2747 Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 70. 2748 Eskimo, Chinooks (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 308, 338), Ahts (Sproat, loc. cit. p. 98), Indians of Western Washington and North-Western Oregon (Gibbs, ‘Tribes of Western Washington and Northwestern Oregon,’ in ‘Contributions to North American Ethnology,’ vol. i.p. 198), &c. 2749 Erman, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 162. 2750 Sproat, p. 100. 2751 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 324. 2752 Waitz, vol. iv. p. 130. 2753 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 671. 2754 Waitz, vol. iv. pp. 360, 366. 2755 Garcilasso de la Vega, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 310. Acosta, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 424. 2756 Squier, in ‘Trans. American Ethn. Soc.,’ vol. iii. pt. i.p. 127. 2757 Bancroft, vol. ii. p. 265. 2758 Ibid., vol. i.p. 729. v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. v.p. 548. Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 497. v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 392. 2759 Indians of Guiana (Schomburgk, in Ralegh, ‘The Discovery of the Empire of Guiana,’ p. 110, note), Tupis (Southey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 241), JurÍs (Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 177), Araucanians (Alcedo-Thompson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 416). 2760 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 126. 2761 Dawson, loc. cit. p. 33. Taplin, loc. cit. p. 12. Taylor, loc. cit. p. 338. 2762 Natives of Tonga (Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. i.p. 401), Pelew Islands (Kubary, loc. cit. p. 62), PonapÉ (Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 317), Marianne Group (Waitz, loc. cit. vol v. pt. ii. p. 107). 2763 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 96. 2764 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i. pp. 273, et seq. 2765 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 77. Cf. ibid., vol. iii. p. 100; Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 49, and Schadenberg, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol xvii. p. 12 (Philippine Islanders). 2766 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 74. Dalton, loc. cit. p. 216. 2767 Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 182, note 2. 2768 Dalton, p.8. CastrÉn, in ‘Helsingfors Morgonblad,’ 1843, no. 54. 2769 Central Asiatic Turks (VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 248), Kalmucks (Moore, loc. cit. p. 181), Tunguses, Jakuts (Sauer, loc. cit. pp. 49, 129). 2770 v. Siebold, loc. cit. p. 31. Bickmore, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol vii. p. 20. St. John, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. p. 254. Dixon, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol. xi. pt. i.p. 44. Dall, loc. cit. p. 525. 2771 Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. i.p. 69; vol. ii. p. 121. 2772 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 21. Parker, ‘Comparative Chinese Family Law,’ in ‘The China Review,’ vol. viii. p. 78. Jamieson, ibid., vol. x.p. 80. 2773 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 212. 2774 Medhurst, p. 15. When dying, concubines who have not had children are removed from the dwelling-house to a humbler abode; they are not entitled to die in the dwelling-house of their master (Gray, vol. i. p. 213). 2775 Ibid., vol. i.p. 212-214. 2776 Jamieson, p. 80. Medhurst, pp. 15, 21. 2777 Parker, p. 79. 2778 Pischon, loc. cit. p. 14. Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 252. Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 226. Le Bon, ‘La civilisation des Arabes,’ p. 434. Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 723; vol ii. p. 177. 2779 Waitz, loc. cit. vol ii. pp. 109, et seq. Moore, loc. cit. p. 249. Bosman, loc. cit. p. 419. Burton, ‘On M. Du Chaillu’s Explorations,’ &c., in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. i.p. 321. 2780 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 110. 2781 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i. pp. 134, et seq. 2782 Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 341. Cf. ibid., vol. ii. p. 284; Andersson, ‘Lake Ngami,’ p. 225. 2783 Casalis, loc. cit. pp. 186, et seq. Cf. Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 185 (Bechuanas). 2784 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 49. 2785 Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 92. 2786 Rochon, loc. cit. p. 747. 2787 Ebers, ‘Aegypten und die BÜcher Moses’s,’ vol. i.p. 310. Cf. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 293. 2788 Rawlinson, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 216. Cf. Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 680. 2789 Mayne, ‘Hindu Law and Usage,’ p. 92. Jolly, in ‘Sitzungsber. MÜnch. Akad.,’ 1876, pp. 445-447. v. Schroeder, ‘Indiens Literatur und Cultur,’ p. 430. 2790 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v. 12. Jolly, p. 446. 2791 Steele, loc. cit. p. 31. 2792 Geijer, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 88. 2793 Ewers, loc. cit. p. 108. 2794 Burton, ‘The City of the Saints,’ p. 518. 2795 Ancient Hindus (‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. iii. v. 12) and Persians (Spiegel, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 679), Chinese (Gray, loc. cit. vol vi. pp. 212, et seq.), Malays (Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 77). 2796 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 383. 2797 Darwin, ‘Journal of Researches,’ p. 366. 2798 v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 329. 2799 d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 68. Georgi, loc. cit. p. 102. 2800 Krasheninnikoff, loc. cit. p. 215. 2801 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 110. 2802 Williams, ‘Missionary Enterprises,’ p. 538. 2803 Cf. Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 253, note †. 2804 Carver, loc. cit. p. 368. 2805 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 210. Cf. ibid., vol. i.p. 236 (Comanches). 2806 Georgi, loc. cit. p. 153. 2807 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 253, et seq. note 5. 2808 Ibid., vol. i.p. 253 (Egyptians). Polak, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 226, et seq. (Persians). 2809 Gibbs, loc. cit. pp. 198, et seq. 2810 Baker, ‘The Nile Tributaries of Abyssinia,’ p. 265. Cf. ibid., pp. 263, et seq. 2811 Schomburgk, in Ralegh, ‘The Discovery of Guiana,’ p. 110, note. 2812 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 397. Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 157. VÁmbÉry, ‘Das TÜrkenvolk,’ p. 248. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 15. Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 246 (Marea). Thomson, ‘Through Masai Land,’ p. 260 (Masai). 2813 King, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 147. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 698. Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 147. 2814 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 654. 2815 Salvado, ‘MÉmoires,’ p. 278. 2816 Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iii. p. 278. 2817 Dalton, loc. cit. p.8. 2818 Ewald, loc. cit. p. 196. Herzog-Schaff, ‘Religious EncyclopÆdia,’ vol. ii. p. 1415. For other instances, see Georgi, loc. cit. p. 182 (Votyaks); Steller, loc. cit. p. 347 (Kamchadales); Dall, loc. cit. p. 524 (Ainos of the Kuriles). 2819 v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 47. Christianity has now extirpated this custom among the Aleuts (‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 792). 2820 Coxe, loc. cit. p. 300. 2821 Dall, loc. cit. p. 416. Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. pp. 315, et seq. 2822 Seemann, ‘Voyage of Herald,’ vol. ii. p. 66. King, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 147. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 308. Regarding the Greenlanders, Cranz says (loc. cit. vol. i.p. 147), ‘Women who cohabit with several husbands are subjected to universal censure.' 2823 Lafitau, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 555. 2824 v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. v.p. 549. 2825 Brett, loc. cit. p. 178. 2826 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 83. 2827 Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 367. 2828 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 386. 2829 Bontier and Le Verrier, loc. cit. p. 139. 2830 Thunberg, loc. cit. p. 141. 2831 Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 227. Theal, loc. cit. p. 19. 2832 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 253. 2833 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 428. Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 250. Davy, loc. cit. p. 286. 2834 Haeckel, ‘Indische Reisebriefe,’ p. 240. 2835 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 240. 2836 Balfour, vol. iii. p. 250. 2837 ‘Asiatick Researches,’ vol. v.p. 13. 2838 Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 33, 36, 98. 2839 Rowney, loc. cit. p. 158. 2840 Fischer, ‘Memoir of Sylhet, Kachar, and the Adjacent Districts,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. ix. pt. ii. p. 834. 2841 Man, loc. cit. p. 100. 2842 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 245, et seq. 2843 Bellew, ‘Kashmir and Kashghar,’ p. 118. Moorcroft and Trebeck, ‘Travels in the Himalayan Provinces of Hindustan and the Panjab,’ vol. i. pp. 321, et seq. 2844 Dunlop, ‘Hunting in the Himalaya,’ pp. 180, et seq. 2845 Gordon Cumming, ‘In the Himalayas,’ p. 406. 2846 Stulpnagel, ‘Polyandry in the HimÂlayas,’ in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. vii. p. 133. de Ujfalvy, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 227. 2847 Wilson, loc. cit. pp. 206, et seq. 2848 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ p. 98. 2849 Lansdell, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 225. 2850 de Ujfalvy, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 227. 2851 Wilson, p. 206. 2852 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. pp. 264, et seq., note. Cf. however, Kearns, ‘The Tribes of South India,’ p. 69. 2853 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 264. 2854 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 403, note. Le Bon, ‘L’homme et les sociÉtÉs,’ vol. ii. p. 295. 2855 Ahlqvist, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. xiv. p. 292, note. 2856 v. Haxthausen, p. 402. 2857 ‘Rig-Veda SanhitÁ,’ mandala i. sÚkta 119, v.5. 2858 Strabo, loc. cit. book xi. ch. xiii. p. 526; book xvi. ch. iv. p. 782. 2859 RÉmusat, ‘Nouveaux MÉlanges Asiatiques,’ vol. i.p. 245. 2860 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ p. 99. 2861 CÆsar, loc. cit. book v. ch. 14. 2862 Weinhold, ‘Altnordisches Leben,’ p. 249. 2863 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 428. Davy, loc. cit. p. 286. 2864 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 213. 2865 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 249. 2866 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 33. 2867 Ibid., p. 36. 2868 Fischer, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. ix. pt. ii. p. 834. 2869 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. xxiv. 2870 Rowney, loc. cit. p. 158. 2871 Gordon Cumming, loc. cit. pp. 405, et seq. 2872 Stulpnagel, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. vii. p. 135. 2873 Cunningham, ‘LadÁk,’ p. 306. 2874 Dunlop, loc. cit. pp. 180, et seq. 2875 Cunningham, ‘History of the Sikhs,’ p. 18. Cf. Orazio della Penna di Billi, ‘Account of the Kingdom of Tibet,’ in ‘Narratives of the Mission of George Bogle,’ &c., p. 336; Moorcroft and Trebeck, loc. cit. p. 180; Bonvalot, ‘Across Thibet,’ vol. ii. p. 126; Rockhill, ‘The Land of the Lammas,’ p. 212. 2876 Mr. Wilson says (loc. cit. p. 207) that it is probably the common marriage custom of at least thirty millions of respectable people. 2877 Wheeler, ‘The History of India,’ vol. ii. p. 241. 2878 Dutt, in ‘The Calcutta Review,’ vol. lxxxv. p. 266. 2879 Erman, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 163. Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 399. 2880 Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 83. 2881 Moorcroft and Trebeck, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 321, et seq. Turner, ‘Account of an Embassy to Tibet,’ p. 348. Bellew, loc. cit. p. 118. 2882 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 246. 2883 Dunlop, loc. cit. p. 181. RÉmusat, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 245. 2884 Strabo, loc. cit. book xvi. ch. iv. p. 782. 2885 CÆsar, loc. cit. book v. ch. 14. 2886 GanzenmÜller, ‘Tibet,’ p. 87. 2887 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 213. 2888 Balfour, vol. iii. p. 251. 2889 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 130. Cf. Man, loc. cit. p. 100. 2890 Meares, loc. cit. p. 268. 2891 Kirby, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1864, p. 418. 2892 Coulter, ‘Notes on Upper California,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. v.p. 67. Seemann, ‘Voyage of Herald,’ vol. ii. p. 66. 2893 King, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol i.p. 152. Lisiansky, loc. cit. p. 237. Powers, loc. cit. p. 243. 2894 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 577; vol. iii. pp. 601, et seq.; vol. v. p. 707. For other tribes, see ibid., vol. iii. pp. 615, 632; vol. iv. p. 590. 2895 Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ p. 477. Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 119, 212. Cf. Schoolcraft, vol. iii. pp. 562, et seq. 2896 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 111. Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 60. ‘Bulletin de la SociÉtÉ de GÉographie,’ ser. iv. vol. ix. p. 209. 2897 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 662. 2898 Schomburgk, ‘Expedition from Pirara,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. xv. p. 45. 2899 v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. v. pp. 549, et seq. 2900 Azara, vol ii. p. 93. 2901 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 304, et seq. note **. 2902 Cf. Bonwick, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 205. 2903 Fison and Howitt, loc. cit. p. 148. 2904 Oldfield, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 250. 2905 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 51. 2906 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 134. Cf. ibid., p. 184; Dumont d’Urville, ‘Voyage de l’Astrolabe, Histoire du voyage,’ vol. i.p. 495. 2907 Sturt, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 136, et seq. 2908 Breton, loc. cit. p. 404. 2909 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 258. 2910 Montgomery, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 12. 2911 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iii. p. 167. La PÉrouse, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 28. Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 226. 2912 Ellis, ‘Tour through Hawaii,’ p. 414. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 128. Elton, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 94. 2913 Kerry-Nicholls, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 195. 2914 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 74. 2915 Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. pp. 191, et seq. 2916 d’Albertis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 390. 2917 Stone, in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. xlvi. p. 55. 2918 Marsden, loc. cit. p. 272. 2919 Low, loc. cit. p. 146. 2920 Pridham, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 451. Cf. Davy, loc. cit. p. 107, note. 2921 Quoted by Chervin, ‘Recherches sur les causes physiques de la polygamie,’ p. 22. 2922 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 100. 2923 Dunlop, loc. cit. pp. 181, et seq. 2924 Wilson, loc. cit. p. 374. 2925 Cunningham, ‘LadÁk,’ p. 289. 2926 Ritter, ‘Erdkunde,’ vol. vi. p. 773. 2927 Bowring, ‘The Population of China,’ in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. v. pp. 13, et seq. 2928 Marshall, pp. 100, 102. 2929 Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. i.p. 71. 2930 RÉmusat, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 245. Gerland, ‘Das Aussterben der NaturvÖlker,’ p. 49. 2931 Waitz, ‘Introduction to Anthropology,’ p. 112. Price, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 189. 2932 Laing, ‘Travels in the Timannee, Kooranko, and Soolima Countries,’ p. 59. 2933 ‘Globus,’ vol. xli. p. 253. 2934 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 424. ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 225. Mr. Swann, in a letter. Thomson, ‘Through Masai Land,’ p. 51. 2935 Cf. Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 244 (Khosas). 2936 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 150. 2937 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 59. Cf. WappÄus, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 215. 2938 Sutherland, ‘On the Esquimaux,’ in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. iv. p. 213. 2939 King, ibid. vol. i.p. 152. 2940 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 133. 2941 Shastika (Powers, loc. cit. p. 243), Khosas (Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 244), Cis-Natalian Kafirs (Mr. Cousins), people of Baghirmi (Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 616), Waguha (Mr. Swann). In Morocco, according to Dr. Churcher, warfare of a civil or tribal kind has, no doubt, had some influence upon the disproportion of the sexes; and the same is the case in Uganda (Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 151). 2942 Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 119. Cf. Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ p. 477. 2943 Ellis, ‘History of Madagascar,’ vol. i.p. 152. 2944 Kutchin (Kirby, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1864, p. 418), Guanas (Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 93), Hawaiians (Ellis, ‘Tour through Hawaii,’ p. 414), Tahitians (Idem, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i. pp. 257, et seq.), natives of Maupiti (Montgomery, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 12), Kulus (de Ujfalvy, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 227), Kashmiri (Wilson, loc. cit. p. 374). 2945 Lewin, loc. cit. pp. 195, et seq. 2946 Kirby, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1864, p. 418. 2947 Ross, ibid., 1866, p. 305. Sproat, loc. cit. p. 94. 2948 Humboldt, ‘Political Essay,’ vol. i. pp. 251, et seq. 2949 Belly, ‘À travers l’AmÉrique Centrale,’ vol. i.p. 253, note. 2950 Sturt, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 77, 136, et seq. 2951 Grey, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 251. 2952 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 813. 2953 Davy, loc. cit. p. 289. 2954 Haeckel, ‘Indische Reisebriefe,’ p. 240. 2955 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 100. 2956 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 241. 2957 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 81. 2958 Bruce, ‘Travels to Discover the Source of the Nile,’ vol. i. pp. 284, et seq. 2959 ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 209. 2960 Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 150, et seq. 2961 SÜssmilch, ‘Die gÖttliche Ordnung in den VerÄnderungen des menschlichen Geschlechts,’ vol. ii. pp. 258, 259, &c. Chervin, loc. cit. pp. 38, &c. 2962 Montesquieu, loc. cit. book xvi. ch. 4. 2963 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 55. 2964 Sadler, ‘The Law of Population,’ vol. ii. pp. 337-339. v. Oettingen, p. 56. 2965 Hofacker and Notter, ‘Ueber Eigenschaften, welche sich bei Menschen und Thieren von den Aeltern auf die Nachkommen vererben.’ Sadler, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 333, et seq. 2966 Hensen, loc. cit. p. 206. Berner, ‘Ueber die Ursachen der Geschlechtsbildung;’ quoted by Janke, loc. cit. p. 347. 2967 Goehlert, ‘Die Geschlechtsverschiedenheit der Kinder in den Ehen,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xiii. pp. 119-122. 2968 Stieda, ‘Das SexualverhÄltniss der Geborenen,’ pp. 19, 20, 34, 35, &c.; quoted by v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 67. 2969 For this statement I am indebted to Mr. Joseph Jacobs. 2970 Burton, ‘The City of the Saints,’ p. 521. Idem, ‘Abeokuta,’ vol. i. p. 212, note. 2971 ‘The Anthropological Review,’ vol. viii. p. cviii. 2972 Sanderson, ‘Polygamous Marriage among the Kafirs of Natal,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. viii. pp. 254-260. 2973 Burton, ‘The City of the Saints,’ p. 521. 2974 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i. pp. 378, et seq. 2975 DÜsing, ‘Die Regulierung des GeschlechtsverhÄltnisses bei der Vermehrung der Menschen, Tiere und Pflanzen.' 2976 Ploss, ‘Ueber die das GeschlechtsverhÄltniss der Kinder bedingenden Ursachen,’ in ‘Monatsschrift fÜr Geburtskunde und Frauenkrankheiten,’ vol. xii. pp. 321-360. 2977 Ibid., vol. xii. p. 340. 2978 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. pp. 64, et seq. DÜsing, loc. cit. pp. 159, et seq. 2979 DÜsing, pp. 161, et seq. I may call attention to the fact that among the Swedish nobility, according to censuses taken in the years 1851-1860, contrary to the general rule in Europe, female births actually outnumber male (Bertillon, in ‘Diction. encycl. des sciences mÉdicales,’ ser. ii. vol. xi. p. 472). 2980 Ploss, in ‘Monatsschrift f. Geburtskunde,’ vol. xii. p. 352. In the region between 501 to 1,000 feet, which is the most fertile (ibid., p. 353), the proportion was 105·7 to 100. 2981 Davy, loc. cit. p. 107, note. 2982 Seemann, ‘Voyage of Herald,’ vol. ii. p. 66 (Western Eskimo). v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. v.p. 548 (Avanos and Maypurs). Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 128 (Nukahivans). Haeckel, ‘Indische Reisebriefe,’ p. 240 (Sinhalese). Marshall, loc. cit. p. 214; Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 240 (Todas). Dunlop, loc. cit. p. 181; Fraser, ‘Journal of a Tour through the Himala Mountains,’ p. 208; Stulpnagel, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. vii. p. 133 (Himalayans). RÉmusat, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 245 (MassagetÆ). 2983 Seemann, ‘Voyage of Herald,’ vol. ii. p. 66. 2984 Dunlop, loc. cit. pp. 181, et seq. 2985 Beauregard, ‘En Asie; Kachmir et Tibet,’ in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v. pp. 265, 267, 271. Cf. Wilson, loc. cit. p. 212. 2986 Koeppen, ‘Die Religion des Buddha,’ vol. i.p. 476. 2987 Baber, ‘Travels and Researches in the interior of China,’ in ‘Roy. Geo. Soc. Supplementary Papers,’ vol. i.p. 97. 2988 Rockhill, loc. cit. p. 214, note. 2989 Koeppen, vol. i. pp. 476, et seq. note 2. Du Halde, ‘Description de la Chine,’ vol. iv. p. 572. 2990 Cunningham, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiii. pt. i.p. 202. 2991 ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 229. 2992 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. xxiii. 2993 Gordon Cumming, loc. cit. pp. 405, et seq. 2994 Cunningham, ‘LadÁk,’ p. 306. 2995 Bellew, loc. cit. p. 118. 2996 Wilson, loc. cit. p. 216. 2997 Koeppen, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 476. Turner, ‘Embassy to Tibet,’ p. 351. ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 266. Wilson, pp. 215, et seq. 2998 Fraser, loc. cit. p. 207. 2999 Turner, ‘Embassy to Tibet,’ p. 349. Wilson, pp. 209, 210. 3000 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 428. 3001 Stulpnagel, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. vii. p. 135. 3002 DÜsing, loc. cit. pp. 237-242. 3003 1150 unions of horses of the same colour gave 91·3 male foals to 100 female; 878 unions of horses of somewhat different colours, 86·2 to 100 respectively; 237 unions of horses of still more different colours, 56 to 100 respectively; 30 unions of horses of the most widely different colours, 30 to 100 respectively (Goehlert, ‘Ueber die Vererbung der Haarfarben bei den Pferden,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xiv. pp. 145-155). 3004 DÜsing, pp. 242-245. 3005 Powers, loc. cit. pp. 149, 403. 3006 Starkweather, ‘The Law of Sex,’ pp. 159, et seq. 3007 Galindo, ‘On Central America,’ in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. vi. p. 126. 3008 Peschel, loc. cit. p. 221. 3009 Squier, loc. cit. p. 58. 3010 Belly, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 253, note. 3011 v. Spix and v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 33. 3012 Burton, ‘The Highlands of the Brazil,’ vol. i.p. 115. 3013 de Castelnau, ‘ExpÉdition dans les parties centrales de l’AmÉrique du Sud,’ Histoire du voyage, vol. i. pp. 137, et seq. 3014 Ibid., vol. i.p. 328. 3015 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1859, pp. 58, et seq. 3016 v. GÖrtz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 288. 3017 SÜssmilch, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 260, et seq. 3018 Felkin, ‘Contribution to the Determination of Sex,’ in ‘Edinburgh Medical Journal,’ vol. xxxii. pt. i. pp. 233-236. 3019 Jacobs, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. pp. 44, et seq. 3020 Bell, ‘The History of Improved Short-Horn, or Durham Cattle,’ p. 351. 3021 Carr, ‘The History of the Rise and Progress of the Killerby, Studley, and Warlaby Herds of Shorthorns,’ p. 98. 3022 Janke, loc. cit. pp. 373, et seq. 3023 Shortt, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 285. 3024 Metz, loc. cit. p. 131. 3025 Metz, loc. cit. p. 131. 3026 Theal, loc. cit. pp. 16, et seq. 3027 Jacobs, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xv. p. 26. Mr. Jacobs thinks that English Jews marry their first cousins to the extent of 7·5 per cent. of all marriages, against a proportion of about 2 per cent. for England generally, as calculated by Professor G.H. Darwin. M. Stieda, in his ‘Eheschliessungen in Elsass-Lothringen’ (1872-1876), gives the proportion of consanguineous marriages among Jews as 23·02 per thousand, against 1·86 for Protestants, and 9·97 for Catholics (Jacobs, ‘Studies in Jewish Statistics,’ p. 53). 3028 According to Mr. Jacob’s comprehensive manuscript collection of Jewish statistics, which he has kindly allowed me to examine, the average proportion of male and female Jewish births registered in various countries is 114·50 males to 100 females, whilst the average proportion among the non-Jewish population of the corresponding countries is 105·25 males to 100 females. But Mr. Jacobs thinks that the accuracy of these statistics may be called in question, as the abnormal figures for Austria (128 to 100, in the years 1861-1870) and Russia (129 to 100, in the years 1867-1870), when compared with those for Posen (108 to 100, in the years 1819-1873) and Prussia (108 to 100, in the years 1875-1881), render it likely that some uniform error occurs in the registration of Jewish female children in Eastern Europe. It has also been suggested that less care is taken in the registration of females among poor Jews. Moreover, still-born children are not included in the rates of births, and this certainly affects the figures as to sex, because, parturition being more difficult in the case of males than in that of females, there are not so many still-born females as still-born males (v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 57). E. Nagel attributes the excess of male births among Jews to the greater care which Jewish wives take of their health during pregnancy, as also to the smaller number of illegitimate births. But Mr. Jacobs believes that the ratio of male births is greater among Jews than among non-Jewish Europeans, even if we take this objection into account. 3029 Brehm, ‘Bird-Life,’ p. 270. Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i. pp. 382, et seq. 3030 Chervin, loc. cit. p. 38. 3031 Goehlert, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xiii. p. 127. 3032 Armstrong, loc. cit. p. 195. 3033 Jones, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 326 (Kutchin). Dall, loc. cit. p. 403 (Kaniagmuts). Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 183 (Blackfeet). Bosman, loc. cit. pp. 423, 527; Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 121 (Negroes). Andree, loc. cit. p. 142 (Jews). Steller, loc. cit. pp. 347, et seq. (Kamchadales). Riedel, loc. cit. p. 263 (people of Aru). 3034 Algonquins (Heriot, loc. cit. p. 329), Pelew Islanders (Bastian, ‘RechtsverhÄltnisse,’ p. 31), Malays (Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 27), people of Aru (Riedel, p. 263), Negroes (Reade, loc. cit. pp. 45, 243. Moore, loc. cit. p. 242. Waitz, vol. ii. pp. 121, et seq.), MassagetÆ (Beauregard, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 264, note 6), Azteks (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 267). 3035 Ashe, loc. cit. p. 249. 3036 Hearne, loc. cit. p. 93. 3037 Walla Wallas (Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. pp. 400, et seq.), Thlinkets, Mosquitoes, New Zealanders (Waitz, vol. iii. p. 328; vol. iv. p. 291; vol. vi. p. 131), Chinese (Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 185). 3038 American Indians (Heriot, p. 339), people of Aru (Riedel, p. 263), Caroline Islanders (Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 210), Fijians (Seemann, ‘Viti,’ p. 191), Wanyoro (‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 84), Waganda (Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 187), Ashantees (Reade, loc. cit. p. 45). 3039 Moore, loc. cit. p. 223. 3040 Thomson, ‘Notes on the Basin of the River Rovuma,’ in ‘Proceed. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iv. p. 75. 3041 Seemann, ‘Viti,’ p. 191. 3042 Cf. Egede, loc. cit. p. 146; Brett, loc. cit. p. 102; Bonwick, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 205; Idem, ‘Daily Life,’ p. 78; Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 48, note *. ‘Thierische Milche,’ says Lippert (‘Die Geschichte der Familie,’ p. 22), ‘ist so wenig die allgemeine Nahrung der Menschheit auf einer sehr frÜhen Kulturstufe gewesen, dass vielmehr sÄmmtliche VÖlker der neuen Welt aus eigner Entwicklung gar nie diese Stufe erklommen haben.' 3043 Carver, loc. cit. p. 262; Powers, loc. cit. p. 271 (North American Indians). 3044 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 38 (Akas). Oldham, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. iii. p. 240 (Khasias). Lewin, loc. cit. p. 261 (Kukis). Harkness, loc. cit. p. 78 (Kotars). 3045 Wilson, loc. cit. p. 179. 3046 Bastian, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. vi. p. 389. 3047 Cf. Sproat, loc. cit. pp. 251, et seq.; Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i. pp. 96, 331; Reade, loc. cit. p. 250; Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 46, 85. 3048 Cf. Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ.’ vol. iv. pp. 401, et seq. (Kaniagmuts); Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. 242 (Chinooks); Powers, loc. cit. pp. 235, et seq. (Wintun); v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 644, et seq. (MacusÍs). 3049 Cf. Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 243; vol. v.p. 176; Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 456; Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 131, 778; Powers, p. 32. 3050 Reade, loc. cit. p. 45. 3051 Ploss, ‘Das Weib,’ vol. ii. pp. 376-387. 3052 Katscher, loc. cit. p. 48. 3053 v. Zmigrodzki, loc. cit. p. 177. 3054 Ross, loc. cit. p. 311. 3055 Powers, loc. cit. pp. 20, 44. 3056 Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 121. 3057 Hardisty, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 312. 3058 Musters, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. i.p. 196. Schomburgk, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 122. 3059 Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 311. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 15, 22. 3060 Stavorinus, ‘Account of Java and Batavia,’ in Pinkerton, ‘Collection of Voyages,’ vol. xi. p. 193. 3061 Boyle, loc. cit. p. 199, note. 3062 Dalton, loc. cit. pp. 50, 66. 3063 St John, ‘The Ainos,’ in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. p. 249. 3064 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 50. On the Arabs of Upper Egypt, see Baker, ‘The Nile Tributaries,’ pp. 124, 265. 3065 Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 119. 3066 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 397. Cf. ibid., p. 81. 3067 ‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. 163. 3068 Reade, loc. cit. p. 447. 3069 Chapman, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 342. Andersson, ‘Lake Ngami,’ pp. 50, 196. v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 199, 200, 216. 3070 ThuliÉ, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. iv. p. 421. 3071 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 471. ‘Emin Pasha in Central Africa,’ p. 85. 3072 Krieger, ‘Die Menstruation,’ p. 174. 3073 Lubbock, ‘The Origin of Civilisation,’ p. 143. Forster, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 340. 3074 Merolla da Sorrento, loc. cit. p. 299. 3075 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 252. 3076 Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 147. 3077 Cunningham, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiii. pt. 1.p. 204. 3078 Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 71. 3079 Samuells, ‘Notes on a Forest Race called Puttooas or Juanga, Inhabiting certain of the Tributary Mehals of Cuttack,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxv. p. 300. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 308. 3080 Dall, loc. cit. p. 381. 3081 Katscher, loc. cit. p. 97. Moore, loc. cit. p. 178. Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 370. 3082 ‘Genesis,’ ch. xxx. vv. 1-4. 3083 Le Bon, ‘La civilisation des Arabes,’ p. 424. 3084 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 184. 3085 Andree, loc. cit. p. 146. 3086 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 252. 3087 Cf. Waitz, vol. iii. p. 115; v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 353, note; Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 15; d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. p. 132. 3088 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 551. 3089 Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 156. 3090 Burton, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. i. pp. 320, et seq. Cf. Idem, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 121. 3091 Bosman, loc. cit. p. 481. 3092 In the language of the Bechuanas, the word ‘motlanka,’ like the ‘pa??’ of the Greeks and the ‘puer’ of the Romans, signifies at the same time boy and servant (Casalis, loc. cit. p. 188, note). 3093 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. vi. pp. 180, et seq. 3094 Among the Kamchadales (Georgi, loc. cit. p. 342), Guiana Indians (Brett, loc. cit. p. 413, note 2), Fuegians (Bove, loc. cit. p. 133), Santals (Man, loc. cit. p. 15), Gypsies (Liebich, loc. cit. p. 52), Marea (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 248), Somals, and Kafirs (Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 119), the women are stated to be more or less prolific. 3095 Catlin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 228. 3096 Hearne, loc. cit. p. 313 (Northern Indians). Ross, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1886, p. 305 (Eastern Tinneh). Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 169, 218, 242 (Haidahs, Columbians about Puget Sound, Chinooks). Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 684 (Comanches). Dall, loc. cit. p. 194 (Ingaliks). Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ p. 147 (Beaver Indians). Armstrong, loc. cit. p. 195 (Eskimo). Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 149 (Greenlanders). Baegert, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1863, p. 368 (Indians of the Californian Peninsula). Gibbs, loc. cit. p. 209 (Indians of Western Washington and North-Western Oregon). 3097 Talamanca Indians (Bovallius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 249), Guaranies (Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 59), Ostyaks (Ahlqvist, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. xiv. p. 290), Kukis (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 255), Dyaks (Wallace, ‘The Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i.p. 142), Sumatrans (Marsden, loc. cit. p. 257), Australians (Sturt, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 137. Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i. pp. 81, et seq. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 780), Maoris (Angas, vol. i.p. 314), Ted (Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 448), Mandingoes, (Park, loc. cit. p. 219), Egbas (Burton, ‘Abeokuta,’ vol. i.p. 207). 3098 Wallace, ‘The Malay Archipelago,’ vol. i.p. 143. Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ p. 147. 3099 Hearne, loc. cit. p. 313. 3100 Cf. Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 238 (Dacotahs); Powers, loc. cit. p. 231 (Wintun); Brett, loc. cit. p. 413, note 2 (Indians of Guiana); Bove, loc. cit. p. 133 (Fuegians). 3101 Reade, loc. cit. p. 242. 3102 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i. pp. 141, et seq. 3103 Wood, ‘The Natural History of Man,’ vol. ii. p. 685. 3104 Kirby, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1864, p. 419. 3105 Powers, loc. cit. p. 259. 3106 Zimmermann, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 254. Bosman, loc. cit. p. 419. 3107 Marco Polo, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 220. 3108 Cf. Livingstone, loc. cit. p. 196; Catlin, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 118. 3109 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 512, note 120. 3110 King and Fitzroy, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 153. 3111 Hooper, loc. cit. p. 100. 3112 v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 47. 3113 Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 148. 3114 Andersson, ‘Lake Ngami,’ p. 465. 3115 St. John, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. ii. p. 254. 3116 Dall, loc. cit. p. 388. Coxe, loc. cit. p. 183. 3117 Hooper, loc. cit. p. 271. Cf. Hardisty, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 312; Richardson, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 383. 3118 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 104. Alcedo-Thompson, loc. cit. vol. i. p. 416. 3119 Reade, loc. cit. p. 259. 3120 Forbes, ‘Dahomey,’ vol. i. pp. 25, et seq. 3121 Inglis, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. iii. p. 63. d’Albertis, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 395. Angas, ‘Savage Life,’ vol. i.p. 94. 3122 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 657. 3123 v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 106 (Brazilian aborigines). Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 147 (Greenlanders). Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 389 (Kafirs). Le Bon, ‘La civilisation des Arabes,’ p. 424 (Arabs). v. Siebold, loc. cit. pp. 31, et seq. (Ainos). Navarette, loc. cit. p. 72 (Chinese). Rein, loc. cit. p. 425 (Japanese). 3124 Reade, loc. cit. pp. 259, et seq. 3125 Livingstone, ‘Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambesi,’ pp. 284, et seq. 3126 Powers, loc. cit. p. 259. 3127 Cf. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 93 (Fijians); v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. v.p. 548 (Indians on Orinoco). 3128 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 109. 3129 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 512. Schadenberg, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 12. Le Bon, ‘La civilisation des Arabes,’ p. 424. Cf. Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 321 (Greenlanders). 3130 Baker, ‘The Nile Tributaries,’ pp. 125-127. 3131 v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 158. 3132 Cf. Burdach, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 375. 3133 Nansen, vol. ii. p. 329. Cf. ibid., vol. ii. pp. 321, 329, et seq. 3134 Hearne, loc. cit. p. 310. Cf. ibid., p. 125. 3135 Franklin, ‘Second Expedition,’ p. 301. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 102. 3136 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. pp. 234, et seq. Cf. ibid., vol. iii. p. 236. 3137 Brett, loc. cit. pp. 351, et seq. Cf. Schomburgk, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 270. 3138 v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. v. pp. 548, et seq. 3139 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 22, et seq. 3140 Bove, loc. cit. p. 131. 3141 Williams and Calvert, loc. cit. pp. 152, et seq. 3142 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. pp. 191, et seq. 3143 Palmer, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 282. Cf. Freycinet, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 766; Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. pp. 758, 781. 3144 Taplin, loc. cit. p. 11. 3145 Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 213. 3146 St. John, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 56. 3147 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 185. 3148 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 251. 3149 Tod, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 258. 3150 Pischon, loc. cit. p. 14. d’Escayrac de Lauture, loc. cit. pp. 250, et seq. 3151 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 226. 3152 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 253, et seq. 3153 SaalschÜtz, ‘Das mosaische Recht,’ vol. ii. p. 727. 3154 Dutt, ‘The Social Life of the Hindus in the Rig-Veda Period,’ in ‘The Calcutta Review,’ vol. lxxxv. p. 79. 3155 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 503. Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 134. Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 142. Casalis, loc. cit. p. 189. 3156 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 161. 3157 For other instances of female jealousy, see Kirby, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1864, p. 419 (Kutchin); Lyon, loc. cit. p. 355 (Eskimo at Igloolik); Franklin, ‘Journey,’ p. 70 (Crees); v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 392 (MundrucÛs); Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 97 (Samoans); Kubary, loc. cit. p. 61 (Pelew Islanders); Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 269 (Tahitians); Yate, loc. cit. p. 97 (Maoris); Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 335, 448 (natives of Babber and Wetter); Cooper, loc. cit. p. 102 (Assamese); Kearns, ‘The Tribes of South India,’ p. 72 (Reddies); Rowney, loc. cit. p. 38 (Bhils); Steller, loc. cit. p. 288 (Kamchadales); Reade, loc. cit. p. 444 (Moors of the Sahara); Shooter, loc. cit. p. 78; v. Weber, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 329, et seq.; Maclean, loc. cit. p. 44 (Kafirs). 3158 Domenech, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 306. 3159 Eastern Tinneh (Ross, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1866, p. 310), Naudowessies (Carver, loc. cit. p. 367), Kaviaks (Dall, loc. cit. p. 138), Northern Indians (Hearne, loc. cit. pp. 129, et seq.), Crees (Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ pp. xcvi. et seq.), Indians of the Californian Peninsula (Baegert, in ‘Smith. Rep.,’ 1863, p. 368), Minnetarees and Mandans (Lewis and Clarke, loc. cit. p. 307), Caribs (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 383). 3160 Indians of Oregon (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 277. Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 654), Crows (Bastian, ‘Der Papua des dunkeln Inselreichs,’ p. 128, note 8), Blackfeet (Idem, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. vi. pp. 403, et seq., note). 3161 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 438. 3162 Schoolcraft, vol. iii. pp. 195, et seq. 3163 Heriot, loc. cit. p. 338. 3164 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 685. 3165 Ibid., vol. i.p. 661. 3166 Strauch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. ix. p. 62. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 28. 3167 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 363. 3168 Hickson, loc. cit. p. 282. 3169 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 327. 3170 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 28. 3171 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 369. 3172 Man, ‘Sonthalia,’ p. 15. 3173 Macpherson, loc. cit. p. 69. Hodgson, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xviii. pt. ii. p. 744. 3174 Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 454. 3175 Ibid., p. 181. Cf. ibid., pp. 209, et seq. 3176 Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 447. 3177 Bain, loc. cit. pp. 136, et seq. 3178 Ibid., p. 137. 3179 MÜller, ‘Am Neste,’ p. 102. Brehm, ‘Bird-Life,’ pt. iv. ch. ii. Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. ii. pp. 293-295. 3180 Brehm, ‘Bird-Life,’ pp. 288, et seq. 3181 Houzeau, ‘Études sur les facultÉs mentales des animaux,’ vol. ii. p. 117. 3182 Gibbs, loc. cit. p. 198. 3183 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 102. 3184 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 273. 3185 Waitz, vol. ii. p. 117. 3186 Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 45. Seemann, ‘Viti,’ p. 192. Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 267. 3187 Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 756. For other instances, see ibid., vol. vi. p. 125; ‘Das Ausland,’ 1857, p. 888. 3188 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 33 (Miris). Cunningham, ‘History of the Sikhs,’ p. 18 (Tibetans). Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 227 (Damaras). Bastian, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. vi. p. 388. 3189 Stulpnagel, in ‘The Indian Antiquary,’ vol. vii. p. 134. Cf. Davy, loc. cit. p. 287. 3190 Gordon Cumming, loc. cit. p. 406 (Tibetans). Beauregard, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v. pp. 264, et seq. (MassagetÆ). See ante, p. 116. 3191 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 429. 3192 Wallace, ‘The Malay Archipelago,’ vol. ii. p. 460. 3193 Morgan, ‘Systems of Consanguinity and Affinity,’ p. 477. 3194 Quoted by Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 191. 3195 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 341. 3196 Emerson Tennent, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 440, 442. 3197 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 28. 3198 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 253. 3199 Ibid., p. 343. 3200 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 677. 3201 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ pp. 315, 317. 3202 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 191. 3203 Ibid., p. 231. 3204 Powers, loc. cit. pp. 5, 406. 3205 VÁmbÉry, ‘Die primitive Cultur des turko-tatarischen Volkes,’ p. 71. 3206 Mason, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiii. pt. ii. pp. 19, et seq. Smeaton, loc. cit. p. 81. 3207 Dutt, in ‘The Calcutta Review,’ vol. lxxxv. p. 79. 3208 Goguet, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 22. 3209 Balfour, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 252. 3210 Dubois, loc. cit. p. 101. Cf. the myths of the Nishinam (Powers, loc. cit. p. 339), Thlinkets (Dall, loc. cit. p. 421), Nicaraguans (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 280), Caroline Islanders (ibid., vol. v. pt. ii. p. 136). 3211 As, for example, by Post, ‘Geschlechtsgenossenschaft,’ p. 27, and Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i. pp. 664, et seq. 3212 Darwin, ‘The Descent of Man,’ vol. i.p. 334; vol. ii. pp. 394, et seq. Mr. Reade thinks (loc. cit. p. 214) we may infer that Gorillas are polygamous, like stags, cocks, pheasants, and other animals that battle for mates, from the fact that a trustworthy informant had seen two Gorillas fighting. But it is not only polygamous animals that fight for females. 3213 Hartmann, loc. cit. p. 214. 3214 Among the Bechuanas, says Mr. Conder (‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 86), a man formerly became richer the more wives he had, because they used to hoe his mealies; ‘now, however, ploughs have been introduced, and the men take pride in driving a team of eight oxen in a plough.' 3215 Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. i.p. 752. 3216 Le Bon, ‘La Civilisation des Arabes,’ p. 424. 3217 Letourneau, ‘Sociology,’ p. 378. 3218 McLennan, ‘The Levirate and Polyandry,’ in ‘The Fortnightly Review,’ N.S. vol. xxi. pp. 703-705. Idem, ‘Studies,’ pp. 112, et seq. 3219 Bellabollahs (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 169, note 34), Indians of Western Washington and North-Western Oregon (Gibbs, loc. cit. p. 199), Miwok (Powers, loc. cit. p. 356), Iroquois, Wyandots (Heriot, loc. cit. p. 330), Shawanese (Ashe, loc. cit. p. 250), Azteks, Mayas, Mosquitoes (Bancroft, vol. ii. pp. 466, 671; vol. i.p. 730), Arawaks (Waitz, loc. cit. vol iii. p. 392), Warraus (Schomburgk, in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p. 275), Tupis (Southey, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 241), Australians (Curr, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 107. Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 776. Bonney, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 135. Palmer, ibid., vol. xiii. p. 298. Salvado, ‘MÉmoires,’ p. 278. Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 87. Lumholtz, loc. cit. p. 164), Samoans (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 98), New Caledonians (Moncelon, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. ix. p. 367), people of New Britain (Romilly, in ‘Proc. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. xi. p. 9), Caroline Islanders (Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. p. 106), peoples of New Guinea (Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ &c., p. 66) and the Malay Archipelago (ibid., pp. 32, 39, 54, 57-60. Marsden, loc. cit. pp. 228, 229, 260, et seq. Joest, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1882, p. 70), MrÚs (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 234), Kaupuis (Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 355), Kakhyens (Anderson, loc. cit. p. 142), PahÁrias (Dalton, loc. cit. p. 273), BilÚchis (Postans, ‘The BilÚchi Tribes Inhabiting Sindh,’ in ‘Jour. Ethn. Soc. London,’ vol. i.p.105), Ossetes (v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 403), Ostyaks (Latham, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 457), Kamchadales (Steller, loc. cit. p. 347), Ainos (Dall, loc. cit. p. 524. Dixon, in ‘Trans. As. Soc. Japan,’ vol xi. pt. i.p. 44), Arabs (Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 64. Hildebrandt, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x. p. 406), Gallas (Waitz, vol. ii. p. 516), KÛri (Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 375), KunÁma (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 488), Negroes of Senegambia (Reade, loc. cit. p. 455), the tribes in the interior of Western Equatorial Africa mentioned by Mr. Du Chaillu (‘Journey to Ashango-Land,’ p. 429), Bechuanas, Zulus (Conder, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 85), Eastern Central Africans (Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 135), people of Madagascar (Sibree, loc. cit. p. 246), Hebrews (‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxv. vv. 5-10), ancient Egyptians (‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 293). For other instances, see infra, note 3. 3220 Cf. Spencer, ‘The Principles of Sociology,’ vol. ii. p. 649. 3221 Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 488 (KunÁma). v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 117, 118, 691 (Brazilian aborigines, Arawaks). Gibbs, loc. cit. p. 199 (Indians of Western Washington and North-Western Oregon). 3222 Atkha Aleuts (Petroff, loc. cit. p. 158), Chippewas (Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 170, et seq.), Eskimo (‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, pp. 698, et seq.), Crees (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 110), Brazilian aborigines (v. Martius, in ‘Jour. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ vol. ii. p. 198), tribes of Western Victoria (Dawson, loc. cit. p. 27), people of Nitendi and the New Hebrides (Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 634), Nufoor Papuans of New Guinea (Guillemard, loc. cit. p. 390), Santals (‘Ymer,’ vol. v.p. xxiv.). Among the Gonds it is the duty of a younger brother to take to wife the widow of an elder brother, though the converse is not permitted (Forsyth, loc. cit. p. 150). 3223 Dall, loc. cit. p. 416. 3224 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ &c., pp. 112, et seq. 3225 Fijians, Samoans (Prichard, loc. cit. p. 393), Papuans of New Guinea (Finsch, ‘Neu-Guinea,’ p. 77. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 661), Caroline Islanders (Kotzebue, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 209. Waitz-Gerland, vol v. pt. ii. p. 117), the tribes in the interior of Western Equatorial Africa mentioned by Mr. Du Chaillu (‘Journey to Ashango-Land,’ p. 429). Among many other peoples the right of succession belongs in the first place to the brother. 3226 Man, loc. cit. p. 100. 3227 Thlinkets (Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. pp. 316, 325), KunÁma (Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 484, 488). 3228 Miris (Rowney, loc. cit. p. 154), Tartars (Marco Polo, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 221. de Rubruquis, loc. cit. pp. 33, et seq.), Wanyoro (Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 49), Wakamba (Hildebrandt, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x.p. 406), Baele (Nachtigal, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 176), Egbas (Burton, ‘Abeokuta,’ vol. i.p. 208), Negroes of Fida, &c. (Bosman, loc. cit. p. 480. Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 115). 3229 Brough Smyth, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 97, note. 3230 Bosman, p. 528. 3231 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 16. 3232 Shooter, loc. cit. p. 86. 3233 McLennan, ‘The Patriarchal Theory,’ p. 89. 3234 Cf. Maine, ‘Ancient Law,’ p. 241. 3235 Hebrews (‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxv. vv. 5-10), Hindus (‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. ix. vv. 59-63), Ossetes (v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 403), Bechuanas (Livingstone, ‘Missionary Travels,’ p. 185), people of Madagascar (Sibree, loc. cit. p. 246). Among the Hindus, the ‘levir’ did not take his brother’s widow as his wife; he only had intercourse with her. This practice was called ‘Niyoga.' 3236 McLennan, ‘Studies,’ &c., p. 113. 3237 Starcke, loc. cit. ch. iii. 3238 Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 395. 3239 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 98. 3240 Shooter, loc. cit. p. 86. 3241 McLennan, p. 91. 3242 Lyon, loc. cit. p. 355. 3243 Davy, loc. cit. p. 287. 3244 Moorcroft and Trebeck, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 321. 3245 de Ujfalvy, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. v.p. 228. 3246 Fraser, loc. cit. p. 208. 3247 Bogle, loc. cit. p. 123. 3248 Wilson, loc. cit. p. 212. 3249 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 292. 3250 Fraser, loc. cit. p. 209. 3251 v. Humboldt, ‘Personal Narrative,’ vol. i.p. 83. 3252 Brehm, ‘Thierleben,’ vol. iv. p. 20. 3253 Ibid., vol. i.p. 33. 3254 Man, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xii. p. 135. 3255 Earl, loc. cit. p. 83. Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 66. 3256 Peoples of Watubela (Riedel, loc. cit. p. 206) and Lampong in Sumatra (Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 58), Igorrotes and Italones of the Philippines (Blumentritt, loc. cit. pp. 28, 33). Professor Wilken thinks (pp. 46, et seq.) the same was the case among the Niasians and Bataks. 3257 Bailey, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 293. 3258 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 105. 3259 NordenskiÖld, ‘GrÖnland,’ p. 508. Cf. Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 319, et seq. 3260 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. v. pp. 272, et seq. 3261 Keane, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol xiii. p. 206. 3262 Waitz-Gerland, vol. vi. p. 634. 3263 ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 328. Wilkes, loc. cit. vol. v.p. 101. Lumholtz, loc. cit. pp. 193, 213. 3264 Quoted by Bonwick, ‘Daily Life,’ p. 73. 3265 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 97. 3266 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 88. 3267 St. John, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 237. 3268 Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 75. 3269 Rosset, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 169. 3270 Quoted by Pridham, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 253. 3271 Bourien, ‘The Wild Tribes of the Interior of the Malay Peninsula,’ in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 80. 3272 Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 370. Yule, ‘Notes on the Kasia Hills,’ in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiii. pt. ii. p. 624. Huc, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 186. 3273 Pischon, loc. cit. p. 13. Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 603. 3274 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1875, p. 958. 3275 Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iv. p. 150. 3276 Polak, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 207, et seq. 3277 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 247, 251. 3278 Reade, loc. cit. p. 444. 3279 Lobo, loc. cit. p. 26. 3280 Burton, ‘First Footsteps,’ p. 122. 3281 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 114. 3282 ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1027. 3283 Rawlinson, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 353. 3284 Becker, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 488, et seq. Hermann-BlÜmner, loc. cit. p. 264. 3285 NordstrÖm, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 34. 3286 Mackenzie, ‘Studies in Roman Law,’ p. 125. 3287 Georgi, loc. cit. p. 371. 3288 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 173. 3289 Sibree, loc. cit. pp. 161, 250. 3290 de Herrera, loc. cit. vol. iv. p. 171. 3291 ‘Deuteronomy,’ ch. xxiv. v.i. Ewald, loc. cit. p. 203. 3292 Meier and SchÖmann, loc. cit. p. 511. 3293 Mackenzie, ‘Studies in Roman Law,’ pp. 123, et seq. 3294 Grimm, loc. cit. p. 454. 3295 Chinooks (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol i.p. 241), Chippewas (Keating, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 157), Chippewyans (Mackenzie, ‘Voyages,’ p. cxxiii.), Shawanese (Ashe, loc. cit. p. 249), MacusÍs (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 391), MundrucÛs and other Brazilian tribes (v. Martius, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 104), Minuanes, Pampas, Mbayas, Payaguas (Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 32, 44, 114, 132), Catalanganes of the Philippines (Blumentritt, loc. cit. p. 41), Siamese (Moore, loc. cit. p. 169), Burmese (Colquhoun, ‘Burma,’ pp. 12, et seq.), Chukmas (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 187), Yakuts (Sauer, loc. cit. p. 129), Chuvashes, Votyaks, Cheremises, Mordvins, Voguls (Georgi, loc. cit. p. 42), Ossetes (v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 404), Takue (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 209), Beni-Mzab (Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ pp. 315, et seq.) 3296 Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 148. 3297 Powers, loc. cit. p. 239. 3298 Carver, loc. cit. p. 375. 3299 Harmon, loc. cit. p. 342. 3300 Morgan, ‘League of the Iroquois,’ p. 324. 3301 Wallace, ‘Travels on the Amazon,’ p. 497. 3302 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 23. Faulkner, loc. cit. p. 126. 3303 Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 167. 3304 Dieffenbach, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 40. 3305 Elton, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvii. p. 95. 3306 Lawes, in ‘Proc. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 614. Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 397. 3307 Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. vi. p. 129. 3308 Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 78. 3309 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 68. 3310 Cf. Nauhaus, in ‘Verhandl. Berl. Ges. Anthr.,’ 1882, p. 210; Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iii. p. 278; Maclean, loc. cit. p. 70; Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 261, 264. 3311 Ewald, loc. cit. p. 203. Among the Samaritans, divorce, though permitted, does not occur (Andree, loc. cit. p. 217). 3312 Glasson, loc. cit. p. 151. Meier and SchÖmann, loc. cit. p. 510. 3313 Mackenzie, ‘Roman Law,’ p. 123. 3314 Lewin, loc. cit. p. 276. 3315 Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 64. 3316 Dawson, loc. cit. p. 33. 3317 Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. i.p. 208. Lewin, p. 210. 3318 Peoples of Ceram, Aru, Sermatta, Babber, Letti, Moa and Lakor, Wetter (Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 134, 263, 325, 351, 390, 448), Buru (Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ &c., p. 51). 3319 Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 110. Cf. Proyart, loc. cit. p. 569 (Negroes of Loango). 3320 Kolben, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 157. 3321 Casalis, loc. cit. pp. 184, et seq. 3322 Marshall, loc. cit. p. 219. 3323 Mantras (Bourien, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 80), Butias of Ladakh (Cunningham, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xiii. pt. i.p. 204), Toungtha (Lewin, loc. cit. p. 194), Timorese (Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 54). 3324 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. pp. 263, 265. Waitz, vol. iv. p. 132. 3325 Waitz, vol. iv. p. 278. 3326 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. pp. 25, et seq. Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 219. MÜller, ‘Reise der Novara,’ Ethnographie, p. 164. 3327 Navarette, loc. cit. p. 73. 3328 Medhurst, in ‘Trans. Roy. As. Soc. China Branch,’ vol. iv. p. 27. 3329 Rein, loc. cit. pp. 424, et seq. 3330 AmÍr’ AlÍ, loc. cit. p. 332. 3331 Lane, loc. cit vol. i. pp. 139, 247. Pischon, loc. cit. p. 13. 3332 ‘The Laws of Manu,’ ch. ix. vv. 80, et seq. This, however, was not a divorce in our sense of the term. ‘Neither by sale nor by repudiation,’ says Manu (ch. ix. v. 46), ‘is a wife released from her husband.' 3333 Mayne, ‘Hindu Law and Usage,’ p. 95. 3334 Glasson, loc. cit. pp. 204, et seq. 3335 Glasson, pp. 213, 215. 3336 Ibid., pp. 367, et seq. 3337 Ibid., pp. 437, 452. 3338 Ibid., p. 403. 3339 Carpentier, ‘TraitÉ thÉorÉtique et pratique du divorce,’ p. 52. For the laws of divorce in the States of Europe and America, see Neubauer, ‘Ehescheidung im Auslande,’ in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vols. v.-ix. 3340 Sibree, loc. cit. p. 254. 3341 Greenlanders (NordenskiÖld, ‘GrÖnland,’ p. 509), Damaras (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 416), Marea (Munzinger, loc. cit. p. 241), Kafirs of Natal (Shooter, loc. cit. pp. 85, et seq.), Samoans (Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 97), Dyaks (St. John, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 237). 3342 This is especially the case when the wife is superior to the husband in rank [cf. Soyaux, loc. cit. p. 162 (Negroes of Loango); Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iii. p. 284 (Negroes of Sierra Leone); Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i. pp. 140, et seq. (Eastern Central Africans); Sibree, loc. cit. p. 254 (TanÀla of Madagascar); Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 106; vol. vi. p. 128 (Caroline Islanders, Tahitians); ‘Ymer,’ vol. iv. p. 333 (Pelew Islanders); Moore, loc. cit. p. 289 (Natchez)]; but also when they are of equal rank, as among the Shawanese (Ashe, loc. cit. p. 249), Macassars, Bugis (Wilken, ‘Verwantschap,’ p. 76), Rejangs (Marsden, loc. cit. p. 235), Malays of Perak (McNair, loc. cit. p. 236), Galela (Riedel, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 78), Kaupuis (Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 355), Badagas (Harkness, loc. cit. p. 117), Kerantis (Rowney, loc. cit. p. 136), Mongols (Prejevalsky, ‘Mongolia,’ vol. i.p. 70), Beni-Amer, KunÁma (Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 320, 321, 489), Touaregs Chavanne, (‘Die Sahara,’ p. 209), Ashantees (Waitz, vol. ii. p. 120), Masai (Last, in ‘Proc. Roy. Geo. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. v.p. 533), Kafirs (Maclean, loc. cit. pp. 69, et seq.). 3343 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 277. 3344 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iv. pp. 223, et seq. 3345 Ibid., vol. iv. p. 214. 3346 Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 93. 3347 Lisiansky, loc. cit. pp. 127, et seq. 3348 Ellis, ‘Polynesian Researches,’ vol. i.p. 256. Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 397. Chalmers, loc. cit. p. 167. Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. pp. 106, et seq. 3349 Riedel, loc. cit. pp. 134, 173, 263, 325, 390, 448. 3350 Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 295. 3351 Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 73. 3352 Harkness, loc. cit. p. 92. 3353 Hunter, ‘Rural Bengal,’ vol. iii. p. 83. 3354 Macdonald, ‘Africana,’ vol. i.p. 140. 3355 Arnot, ‘Garenganze,’ p. 194. 3356 Waitz, vol. iv. p. 86. 3357 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 672. 3358 Gray, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 219. Rein, loc. cit. pp. 424, et seq. 3359 Glasson, loc. cit. pp. 149, et seq. 3360 AmÍr’ AlÍ, loc. cit. ch. xii. et seq. Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 139. 3361 Kohler, in ‘Zeitschr. f. vgl. Rechtswiss.,’ vol. iii. pp. 386, et seq. 3362 Glasson, loc. cit. p. 187. 3363 Ibid., p. 189. 3364 Ibid., p. 195. 3365 Ibid., pp. 152, et seq. Meier and SchÖmann, loc. cit. p. 512. 3366 Rossbach, loc. cit. pp. 42, et seq. 3367 Mackenzie, ‘Roman Law,’ p. 123. 3368 Glasson, pp. 291, 298, 304. 3369 Cook, ‘Voyage to the Pacific Ocean,’ vol. ii. p. 157. 3370 Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 92. 3371 Bock, ‘The Head-Hunters of Borneo,’ p. 315. Cf. Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. ii. p. 76 (Abipones); Barth, ‘Reisen,’ vol. i.p. 258 (Touaregs of Rhat). 3372 Glasson, loc. cit. p. 469. 3373 ‘Revue d’Anthropologie,’ 1883, p. 290. Cf. Keane, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xiii. p. 206 (Botocudos); Krauss, loc. cit. p 568 (South Slavonians). 3374 v. Oettingen, loc. cit. p. 150. 3375 Dall, loc. cit. p. 139 (Western Eskimo). Egede, loc. cit. p. 143 (Greenlanders). Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 141 (Zulus). Wilson and Felkin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 48 (Wanyoro). Buchner, loc. cit. p. 31 (Duallas). Polak, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 218 (Persians). Krauss, pp. 532, 570, et seq. (South Slavonians); &c. 3376 Schoolcraft, ‘The Indian in his Wigwam,’ p. 73. Cf. Nansen, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 320 (Greenlanders); Lichtenstein, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 48 (Bushmans); St. John, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 66 (Sea Dyaks). 3377 St. John, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. ii. p. 237. 3378 Bailey, ibid., vol. ii. p. 292. Cf. Fritsch, loc. cit. p. 141 (Zulus). 3379 For exceptions, see ante p. 19. 3380 Nutkas, Inland Columbians (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i. pp. 197, 277), Shans (Colquhoun, ‘Amongst the Shans,’ p. 295), Burmese (Fytche, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 73), Malays of Perak (McNair, loc. cit. p. 236), Beni-Amer, KunÁma (Munzinger, loc. cit. pp. 320, 321, 489). 3381 Mason, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxxv. pt. ii. p. 20. 3382 Dalton, loc. cit. p. 51. 3383 Riedel, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 78. Waitz-Gerland, loc. cit. vol. v. pt. ii. p. 107. 3384 Glasson, loc. cit. p. 187. 3385 Cf. Codrington, loc. cit. p. 244. 3386 Sauer, loc. cit. p. 129 (Jakuts). Hildebrandt, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. x.p. 401 (Wakamba). ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 48 (Zulus). Merolla da Sorrento, loc. cit. p. 235 (Negroes of Sogno). Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol. iv. p. 315 (Thlinkets). Cf. Powers, loc. cit. p. 56 (Yurok); Lewin, loc. cit. p. 235 (MrÚs); Livingstone, ‘Missionary Travels,’ p. 412 (Negroes of Angola). 3387 v. Haxthausen, ‘Transcaucasia,’ p. 404 (Ossetes). Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iv. pp. 26, et seq. (Circassians). Harkness, loc. cit. p. 117 (Badagas). Crawfurd, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 101 (Malays). Merolla da Sorrento, p. 235 (Negroes of Sogno). ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 1026 (Negroes of Bondo). Holmberg, in ‘Acta Soc. Sci. FennicÆ,’ vol iv. p. 315 (Thlinkets). 3388 Casalis, loc. cit. p. 184. 3389 Finsch, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xii. p. 317. 3390 Munda Kols (Jellinghaus, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. iii. p. 370), Todas (Marshall, loc. cit. p. 218), Bedouins (Klemm, ‘Cultur-Geschichte,’ vol. iv. p. 150), Tartars (Georgi, loc. cit. p. 238), East Africans (Burton, ‘The Lake Regions of Central Africa,’ vol. ii. p. 333). 3391 Aleuts (Georgi, loc. cit. p. 370), Dacotahs (Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 240), Nukahivans (v. Langsdorf, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 153), Papuans of New Guinea (Bink, in ‘Bull. Soc. d’Anthr.,’ ser. iii. vol. xi. p. 397). 3392 Turner, ‘Samoa,’ p. 97. 3393 Pridham, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 253. Cf. Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 672 (Yucatan). 3394 Greenlanders (Cranz, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 148), Thlinkets (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 328), Inland Columbians (Bancroft, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 277), Apaches (ibid., vol. i.p. 513), Iroquois (Buchanan, ‘North American Indians,’ pp. 338, et seq.), Gallinomero in California (Powers, loc. cit. p. 178), and other North American Indians (Waitz, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 105), Caribs (ibid., vol. iii. p. 383), Payaguas (Azara, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 132), Marianne Islanders (Waitz-Gerland, vol. v. pt. ii. p. 107), Tongans (Martin, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 179), Khasias (Steel, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. vii. p. 308. Dalton, loc. cit. p. 57). 3395 Schoolcraft, loc. cit. vol. iii. p. 191. 3396 Katscher, loc. cit. p. 91. Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ p. 401. 3397 Bourien, in ‘Trans. Ethn. Soc.,’ N.S. vol. iii. p. 80. Cf. St. John, ibid., vol. p. 237; Mason, in ‘Jour. As. Soc. Bengal,’ vol. xxxv. pt. ii. p. 20. 3398 Lane Poole, in ‘The Academy,’ vol. v.p. 684. 3399 Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 215. 3400 Mr. Crawfurd (loc. cit. vol. i.p. 79) points out the connection, in Java, between the frequency of women deserting their husbands and the abundance of food; the laboriousness and industriousness of the women, who can earn a subsistence independent of a husband, and the tameness and servileness of the men. 3401 Crawfurd, vol. iii. p. 101 (Malays). Marsden, loc. cit. p. 235 (Rejangs). Riedel, in ‘Zeitschr. f. Ethnol.,’ vol. xvii. p. 78 (Galela). Watt, in ‘Jour. Anthr. Inst.,’ vol. xvi. p. 355 (Kaupuis). Rowney, loc. cit. p. 136 (Kerantis). Marshall, loc. cit. p. 217 (Todas). Harkness, loc. cit. p. 117 (Badagas). Waitz, loc. cit. vol. ii. p. 120 (Negroes). 3402 Mohammedans (Lane, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 139), Badagas (Harkness, p. 117). 3403 Bickmore, loc. cit. p. 279. Cf. ‘Das Ausland,’ 1881, p. 569; Raffles, loc. cit. vol. i.p. 81 (Javanese). 3404 Burckhardt, loc. cit. p. 63. Chavanne, ‘Die Sahara,’ pp. 454, et seq. Transcriber’s NoteObvious typographical errors have been silently corrected. Variations in hyphenation and accents have been standardised but all other spelling and punctuation remains unchanged. The original contained at least eight unpaired double quotation marks that could not be corrected with confidence. The precise location of footnote 372 is speculative since it is not indicated in the original. Incomplete entries in the index remain as printed in the original. The cover was created by the transcriber and is placed in the public domain. ******* This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will be renamed. 1.F. 1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further opportunities to fix the problem. 1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. 1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact For additional contact information: The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate. While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who approach us with offers to donate. International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: www.gutenberg.org |